1570 to 1579 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1570 to 1579.

1570
Following an influx of French into Cahokia's sphere the exposure once again to European diseases begins spreading in Cahokia's major cities, defeating any type of primitive containment the nations may have.


 * While I understand the intended message this is trying to convey, I would like to make some suggestions to improve your long-term mod events toward my nation. Please note the following features:


 * 1) Cahokia is a confederate state of Mississippia. Its "sphere" is the boundaries of the state; if you are referring to all lands I own, you would say the Mississippian Sphere (or better yet, the Mississippian Confederation's sphere as Mississippian sphere can also refer to the cultural sphere).
 * 2) To refer to all of Mississippia as Cahokia's sphere is as inaccurate as calling the US "NYC's sphere" or the UK "London's sphere."
 * 3) Cahokia can, furthermore, refer simply to the city. To say Cahokia's major cities is therefore confusing as Cahokia is itself a major city, and the nearby cities would be more or less suburbs. I can assume you mean Cahokia State's major cities or even the major cities of Mississippia.
 * 4) You say "nations." We are one nation, organized into a number of Confederate States. There is not a single vassal in the Mississippian Confederation (yet, and I do not intend to have vassals in Borealia at all).
 * Please take note of all of these four points. Again, I understand what you are trying to say, but seriously please take into account all of these vital fixes for future mod events, or even reference to my nation in the future.


 * In summary, I would like to make something clear: Cahokia is a city. Cahokia State is a confederate state of the Mississippian Confederation. Cahokia cannot be used to refer to the entirety of the lands I own. As of 1570, Cahokia State is OTL Illinois, a sliver of Missouri, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, and parts of Penn. Thanks for your understanding.  07:59, July 21, 2014 (UTC)


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Hamburg forces make a counterattack into Greater Saxony, with Duke Friedrich III leading the charge into the lands owned by his mother. At the Battle of Leipzig, they face a Bavarian army. Friedrich leads from the front, just as his forefathers have done in battle. Witnesses say he cut down ninety-nine Bavarians himself before the hundredth found a weak spot in his armor. He pulled in his slayer, saying to him, "Tell my mother the deepest circle of Hell is reserved for those who betray their family". With his death with no children, the throne of Hamburg and Mecklenburg passes to his cousin, Otto, Count of Holstein. Duke Otto pulls all Hamburg forces back inside home territory to prepare for a defensive war. The Hamburgian vassal of Münster, recently fortifying the Hessian border, is brought in with 20,000 fresh troops.


 * ​Munster belongs to Hesse/Westphalia now.
 * No, it doesn't. It belongs to me. -Guy
 * No, it belongs to Westphalia. Per the Treaty of Paris.
 * I'm not part of the Treaty of Paris. It's not anyone's to give away without coming to me first, which didn't happen. -Guy
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies on the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, King Manuel dies, and is succeeded by his eldest son, Nuno, who is crowned King of Portugal and Algarves as Nuno I.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Explorers continue to be sent to Borealia and Hesperia to map out the continents. Lithuanian explorer and the Nowa Wspólnota Firma continue to sail in around the Imperial Isles and land at several trading ports. They have planned new navigation routes to further explore the Hesperian coast, then go through the Southern Passage into the Pacific Ocean. The shipyards and dry docks in Gdansk continue to build galleons and frigates for the Imperial Commonwealth Navy, with at least one 64 cannon galleon and two 32 gun frigates constructed so far. To increase the production of the new combat vessels more shipyards have been expanded to allow the construction of more ships simultaneously. More recruits join the Imperial Commonwealth Navy. Due to the current conflict in Central Europe dying down, our army is back in its normal pre-war stance with 20,000 troops and 45,000 militiamen. However, the reserves has vastly increased to 220,000 due to the amount of volunteers. Farming output continues to increase as merchants purchase agricultural products from our abundant supplies. Our political interests begin to seek outside of our borders and start exerting influence on our neighbor of Hungary (13 turns). The General Sejm and the ambassadors of our subordinate vassal Slovakia begin talks of merging into the Commonwealth. Military development continues with our navy continuing to grow.
 * Pskov: Sends a request for permanent diplomatic relations with Poland-Lithuania, and offers their ambassador a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth Diplomacy: We accept.
 * Zapoteca: The captured Aztec territory is finally fully annexed. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Copy pasta I was asked by Cour. -Feud
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Colonial authority does a well thought out census and after months of inquiries it's rumoured that across the entire empire, Excluding the larger protectorates of the Inca and Zapotec, that the Spanish colonial population is around 900,000 to one million and going up periodically. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Parliament passes the Colonial expansion act, looking to increase the populations of New Spain, New Granada (California) and and Cape Ferdinand exponentially over the next 50-100 years attempting to expand New Spain in the most significant amount. Parliament passes acts as well detailing how to handle inflation from the mass influx of gold, silver, jewels and other materials previously rare. This act also separates the National Treasury from the King's treasury which is done at the request of Phillip who focuses heavily on leading diplomacy with his new Italian acquisitions. Parliament as well as King Phillip make the decision that with these kinds of wars tearing apart Europe, and Hispanian ability to isolate their most major territories from Europe begins the construction of the Pyrenees Wall and funds the beginning of the Alps wall as well. These pwalls and castles are built in passes of the Pyrenees and alps and around the wings of the mountain range essentially sealing off both Spain and Italy to major incursions and allowing for on the ball mobilization to prevent surprises. The two walls are suspected to take somewhere in the range of 10-15 years to construct. While an expected economic drain the Hispanian gold stores (not actually counted in the economy due to inflation issues) are brought out to re-invest into the economy and to furnish the systems to start up the jobs market for the wall as well as revitalize a receding Spanish economy. This immediately shows some return in investment as gold from Africa, the protectorates, replace lost stores, and trade goods become much more prevalent rather than the relatively sought after gold and silver. The trade becomes more of a central focus for parliament rather than rare metal acquisition and the economy is shifted toward the acquisition of trade products and invests in tobacco and other cash crups in New Spain and Cuba respectively. With this recession as well it's brought to the attention of the king and parliament that the banking system of Hispania needs to be expanded and strengthened. This brings about the Hispanian Banking Act which with the help of the trade nations under the umbrella of Hispania strengthens the Hispanian central banking system and allows for private and government banks to be created in an easier but regulated fashion and allows for lending for projects, etc. The acts show notable but minor economical improvement as lending increases and the bank is allowed to enforce the return payments of said loans. The Hispanian recession while powerful has not totally drained the empire as the diversification of the economy begins to lead to new sources of income to prevent widescale recession for the forseeable future. It is still expected to take years to get back to previous levels. In order to facilitate a bit more economic expansion and jobs, The Inca are given an offer to buy ships that we build in order for an Inca navy to be facilitated. With the acceptance of the offer Hispania begins to open a branch of the Bank of Hispania in the Inca Capital.
 * ​Inca Dip: Accepted. We also request to create a branch of the Hispanian bank.
 * Hispanian Dip: We agree to this.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.5 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony just north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 10,000 doubling over the past few years as good farmland and great access to shipping from Spanish Asia helps expand the importance of the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines begin to expand 20 px through the islands the low expansion is due to lower funding available from Spain.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn One of Eight). Infra Turn and Eco Turn
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like a lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor Gulalin had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. We expand 100 px East Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. Meanwhile, the settlement expanded by 110 px. Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Timorid - Urdustan Diplomacy: Despite the heavy losses inflicted upon the Yadaist navy, the Timor interim government (Until Yagan Gulpilil is old enough to rule) realizes that much stronger warships had to be bought to truly strengthen the navy and after many Timorid military leaders were left surprised at the size and strength of the warships that had accompanied the Urduistan merchant ships, the Timorid interim government requested the Urduistan merchants (After learning a bit of their language and about Urduistan) as to whether they would be willing to sell their warships in return for receiving exclusive trading rights and access to ports at Timor, an offer that had previously only been made to the Dutch.
 * Timorid - Dutch Diplomacy: The Dutch are informed not to worry, as Timor is only keen on upgrading its navy and trade with Urdustan will not affect the Dutch supremacy in the region in any way. The Dutch are also reminded that they must respect the interests of Marrikuwiyanga as stated in the Treaty of Tapu and the Timorids will not stand if they are treated as a client state or are constantly threatened by the Dutch for it is in the interests of Timor to have an equal influence in East Indies and always collaborate with the Dutch for the betterment of both nations. The Timorid diplomats request the Dutch not to start a war between the Timorid by constantly threatening and using a harsh language when speaking to the Timorid diplomats
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 750 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 750 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 500 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up Andorra asks for an equal protection from Hispania in exchange of joint vassalage and occupation from France and Spain alike.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their military. The Prussians continue to expand Neu Pommern.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pommern: About a decade since the hurricane life has mostly returned to normal in the colony. In the aftermath of the hurricane many natives began to help the colonists, often donating food and even inviting refugees into their in-land feudal villages, where some cross-like totem poles could be observed. The less pro-European natives that were under the Colonial Neo-Feudal System revolted, but with the help of other natives who were promised their land and more guns such rebellions were put down. More waves of immigrants come, many fleeing persecution. A group of rather condescending and racist proper Germans decide to start a colony on OTL Grand Abaco island in the Sheiteswasser Archipelago (the Bahamas). Most Arawaks on the island are either killed or enslaves by the local German settlers, but some manage to escape and end up in the Freihafen colony. Piracy in the region is continued to be put under reign, as after the hurricane the rather poor colony couldn't afford to pay all the privateers, resulting in them raiding Prussian ships as well, but many are now paid off to at least protect shipping lanes, mostly paid in rum and oranges. We continue to expand 10 pixels on the south coast and 10 pixels inland.
 * Pskov sends a request for permanent diplomatic relations with Prussia, and offers their ambassador a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz
 * In Mississippia, the presence of many French trappers, notably in the state of Cahokia, leads to an outbreak of some European diseases. This causes short-term panic around Cahokia's major cities and the City of Cahokia and its suburbs. However, the medicine men manage to mitigate the massive damage that could be done by using traditional healing practices. Many of the diseases are treated using a traditional healing mold (OTL predecessor of penicillin). Even others are cured with herbal remedies, but this does not mitigate the loss of at least 300,000 people. The census is still conducted as planned, but the population is short of expectations due to the diseases. In total, there are 6,163,811 Mississippians, with the most living in Cahokia State, followed by Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, and Santee. The thousands of missionaries who largely brought the diseases continue to move into other tribal areas, notably targeting the Sioux. The medicine men return to Mississippia (notably Cahokia) in huge numbers to heal the ill, but some remain in Sioux and Algonquin lands. Jean-Frances Desjardin oversees the importation of horses and the management of maize production nationwide. The influx of Europeans begins to slow a bit, but more and more technology continues to be brought over. The nation continues to buy firearms and horses, while using the fur trade to fuel the economy. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. The plan to connect the Kankakee River to the Gichigami is being built, and is estimated to be completed in 1589. Anothe canal is planned, which would connect the Allegheny and Genesee Rivers, also connecting the Mississippia with the Gichigami. All of the member states of Cahokia, Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, and Santee expand their economies, while the Odawa, Santee and Etowah expand.
 * L'nu Dip: As two independent Borealian nations, we would like to improve relations, and propose a mutual defence pact and/or trade deal (i.e. both or either).
 * Malacca: Relations begin to deteriorate with the Dutch, although ships and snaphaunces based on their weaponry continue construction. Puwana I dies, and the young Puwana II takes the throne. works on economy
 * Brunei: Works on economy.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Lord of Neu Norderney fulfils his promises to the L'nu; the County gifts them three brand new whaling/fishing ships, as well as some experts to help show them the ropes. The Jade Bank opens up its newest branch in Gespeg. It is a small building with a decent stock of Gelder coins. Missionaries of the Order of Saint Theobald also enter the L'nu empire, hoping to spread Catholicism and also increase ties. Back in Europe, the economy is starting to feel the pinch of the European downturn. The banks become more averse to risky loans and investments, and some building projects grind to a halt. Many unemployed sign up for military service, and some move to Jacqueline and Theobald.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Student numbers drop as the economic climate deteriorates. The drop is not enough to push the city back to depression, however.
 * L'nu Empire: The adoption of the Gelder continues. The government is extremely happy with this developement, as it can now take taxes in currency rather than in chickens, grain, furs or other goods as in the past. Some L'nu convert to Catholicism, while retaining their shamanistic religion, although others can see no difference between it and other Christian sects. Immigration and population growth continue, as Reformists and escaped slaves continue to arrive in the Empire. Cree and Attikamekw begin to settle in the Western territories of the Empire, further increasing the population. With the population now at 134,000, demand for cassina increases, making the farmer who began growing it last year increasingly wealthy. L'nu traders move west into Algonquin territories, encouraging them to centralize. The nation expands 4000 km north, while Ungava expands 1000 km inland.
 * Aksimiki: Seeing the centralization of the Santee further south, the local authorities decide to attempt something similar with the Moose Cree. They encourage them to centralize, helping by trading them firearms and metal goods. Aksimiki expands 2500 km.
 * Kanien'ka: L'nu control is still very loose due to the huge intervening distance. More chiefs are bribed and centralization is encourarged. The Kanien'ka, meanwhile, expand 1000 km north.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start tonamed increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. We leave the Russian Federation due to the fact we want to be our own nation. The king moves to amend the Treaty of Moscow.
 * Treaty of Moscow Scarlet Outlaw (talk) 16:56, July 21, 2014 (UTC) Scarlet Outlaw
 * Pskov: Sends a request for permanent diplomatic relations with Novgorod, and Russia as a union, and offers their ambassador a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,030,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (119,000) with Qusqo coming in second (92,000), followed by Peru (24,000), Machu Picchu (20,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The soldiers sent to France are to train in the art of seafaring, as the Treaty of Chan Chan requires France to aid in the creation of the Inca Navy. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his first child, a daughter named Cava. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. We ask to Zapotec join the Hesperian League. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 88,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 12,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3700.
 * Zapotec Diplomacy: The nation of Zapoteca will join the Hesperian League.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in fifty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is completed. |onte's population rises to over 241,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's offers the Rikisi of !Xoonte help creating its own army, by giving them old muskets and training, and sends the Eheresito hu Suida to help their Rikisiate expand northward 450 sq km north-eastward per turn. (mod response) Mon VI buys more of the snaphaunces to equip the new elite corps.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King, his Ban and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians which are unwilling to emigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Pskov sends a request for permanant diplomatic relations with Croatia, and offers their ambassador a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz
 * The Arsenal built in Nizhegorodsk in the Pskov Republic begins to really produce ships efficiently, enough so that the owners are able to pay their debt back this year. THis amazes the Veche so much that they agree to convert the entire Nizhegorodsk shipyard into an arsenal. The Craftsmen in the Arsenal begin to take much pride in their work, and produce ships more effectively, many leaving a personal signature on each of their items to let people know what is happening. Pskov sends a request for permanent diplomatic relations with Croatia, Scandinavia, Poland-Lithuania, Prussia, Austria, Hamburg, the Tatary, and each Russian State, as well as to Russia itself, and offers their ambassadors a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz. The market on the outer ring of the kremlin is thriving, bringing wealth to the countryside by way of trade with the city, as it is a large hub for craftsmen and traders around the globe. The Pskovian Navy improves with the addition of two new galleons and ten more frigates that are launched this year, and as the first galleon, the PSS Sokol remains the shining flagship of the Pskovian Fleet. The Pskovian census begins this year, and it is made temporarily illegal to change your place of residence until the end of last year, to facilitate the census taking. The Veche finaly approves of another mission to the New World, and is set to launch in 1575.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth Diplomacy: We ask for a trade agreement with Pskov to export our agricultural goods.
 * Pskov: Welcomes the partnership and hopes that this venture will profit all.
 * Vorlayacor: Nocturne begins making plans to realize his vision of a grand Hesperian state of Vorlayacor. He offers to build an extensive road system between the various Tapi and Tapuia villages northwest of Vorlayacor to sway them; he also begins a recruitment campaign to expand the military to 12,500 troops, 2.5% of the nation's estimated population of 500,000. The economy, fueled by the open trade agreement with Tawatinsuyu and increasing trade with Hispanian merchants, grows enough to fuel such notable expansion. Thanks to the ngillatuns, many citizens now have the desire to expand and maintain Vorlayacor as a bastion of Hesperian ways to restore balance to the world. Additionally, the University of Vorlayacor purchases multiple printing presses from Europe; the gadget quickly grows in popularity as Vorlayacoran ironworkers and woodworkers race to make their own versions.
 * The Tartary continues the rebuilding from the war, comissioning major churches and libraries to celebrate its end. Emperor Paul, still legating his powers of rule to the Kurultay, which every year becomes more representative of the trading bourgeoisie, is particularly vested in two of them in the capital, which are meant to be the largest church in Christendom and the largest library known to the Tatars. With news about the war in Scandinavia, the Tartary sends supplies to one of their greatest allies. Meanwhile, to the east, the Nivkhs are once again offered a royal marriage, while protection is extended to them, and, in the towns of the Evenki Bay, the first ships begin to be built. Five ships leave port in the East, including the Holy Mary, Mother Earth, Taiga and Emperor Paul; ten do in the West. the military and economy continue growth. The population also continues growth. Mastoravic priests continue debating polygamy, and construction of new towns and cities picks up. Everything seems to be going well in the nation.
 * The Hyrcanian Kingdom, which swore fealty after the war, and the Iranian-occupied territories are jointed together by decree of the House of Bavand and Emperor Paul, as well as approval most of the aristocracy and bourgeoisie from Hyrcania. The aristocracy of the Safavid Empire, banished by the invading troops, are not asked. The jointed territories are declared a new kingdom, christened the Empire of Parthia and granted to the Bavandid family, which are recognised as members of the House of Sasan of yore. The foundation of this new kingdom is very well received amongst the population, and much rejoicing occurs. The economy begins growing as the fertile grounds of Hyrcania are replenished and reconnected, while the military begins integration into the rest of the Tartary.
 * The annexed Kingdom of Khiva is reformed into the Khivan Khanate, a vassal of the Tartary with the Tatar Emperor as Khan of Khiva as well. The population, originally suspicious of the foreigners, begins to relax as they are allowed to profess their Sunnite faith (although Mastoravic priests flock into the nation) and the Persian language used by the Safavids is replaced by the local Turkic languages. Khiva rejoices from this, and soon the economy begins heavy positive growth. The military begins to be integrated into the Tatar framework, and roads are constructed connecting Khiva to its closest vassal, Bukhara.
 * .The Khanate of Bukhara also experiences major economic growth because of the vassailation of Khiva. The great amount of goods and products made in Hyrcania begin flooding the Silk Road once again, and Permic and Bukhori merchants rejoice. The Jewish communities in Bukhara and Samarkand grow quickly. The Bukhori, Pamiri, Yaghnobi and Pashto languages are promoted over Dari and Persian to differenciate the nation from the rest of Iran. Mastoravism continues growth in the nation. The economy and military are heavily developed, helping integrate Khiva into the Tatar Empire. The population heavily grows this year, as Uzbeks flock to the cities. The apple industry heavily develops.
 * The Azovan Khanate continues to expand their economy and military. The population develops quite rapidly, even though many Ukrainians live the nation this year. The economy is heavily developed, as a great force occurs. Azov has a record crop yield, and it grows heavily. The cities of Özu-Cale and Zhing-Kerman develop quite rapidly. The ports of those two cities grow extremely rapidly, as more and more exports come out of those cities. Azov truly prospers.
 * The Duchy of Chernihiv continues integration into the nation. Many Ukrainians reach into the land, in order to flee the Azovan Khanate; however, they bring Volgaic influences in language and culture into the purer Ukrainian culture of Chernihiv. Many people convert to Mastoravism, and the Ukrainian language continues to diverge from other Slavic languages. The economy grows with the record yields heavily rising in rye and potatoe farming, which means major expansion.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal expands their economy. Horse stock and mining, as well as water from Lake Bajkal and endemic species to the nation, makes the economy grow even in the relatively impovrished nation. The military expands quite rapidly, as Bajkal's organisation in military banners becomes famous in the Tatar courts and imported. This makes the military heavily increased.
 * Pskov Dip: Pskov sends a request for permanent diplomatic relations with Tatary and offers their ambassadors a nice residence in the Ambassadorial village, right outside the inner sanctum of the Kremlin, and therefore close to the Veche, and the official residence of the Knyaz.
 * Tatar Dip: The Tartary is only glad to accept, and offer their own lofty quarters in Qazan for the Pskovian diplomats.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 27 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate.. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We cease vassalizing Makuria and Alodia. Damascus now numbers 278,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 189,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 65,000. The vassal begins centralization and slowly begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Small  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 203,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 25,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Westphalia: King Wilhelm declares war on Hamburg, citing assisting allies (Bavaria, Scandinavia) as the casus belli! We send our armies across the Hamburger border, aiming to take back Bruchhausen and Bremen. The King designs a new flag for Westphalia. We continue vassalizing Pfalz (Turn Four of Five).
 * Mainz: We declare war on Hamburg.
 * East Cologne: We declare war on Hamburg.
 * East Trier: We declare war on Hamburg.
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The construction of monuments and the plans for a colony are halted due to the actions of the Vijaynagara rebels. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. 
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 20 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: TO BE WRITTEN BY MS. 
 * Copied and pasted as requested by MP IhaveSonar (talk) 21:21, July 21, 2014 (UTC)
 *  Mansurryian Sultanate' : 'In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn.
 *  ​' Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place. The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided  to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to install trusted people to manage key cities (mainly ' Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. 
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 43, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The recent wars and land purchases have taken their toll on the national budget, Vladimir begins to implement a plan that will reduce spending significantly. Meanwhile, the economy is shakily growing, as land development halts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Sophia, now 14, continues her education on manners of court.. Dan Dracul, now 6, begins learning of courts.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion is expanded by 9000 bringing the total strength to 10,000 men. They are armed like the rest of the Romanian Legions, with Pikes and Leverlock muskets.
 * Kiev: A Kievan Legion of 2500 is raised to keep the peace within Kiev, it receives the standard equipment of a Romanian legion. The military continues to become more professional.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. Mogadishu begins to recover from the war as the economy and infrastructure improve.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1568, Bavaria expands its economy. Due to the large amounts of land freed from Austria in the Second Franco-Austrian War, Queen Catherine sees an opportunity. Beginning in 1567, The Queen begins petitioning the lords of Württemberg/Swabia for tribute and manpower, aiming to eventually vassalize them (Turn Four of Eight (adding another three years due to the delay of the Treaty of Paris)). The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news,  Queen Catherine continues to ban Cuthbert Suntgart from Bavaria. In 1567, Suntgart moves back to Geneva were he continues to act as a Catholic priest and popular preacher. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Maria-Charlotte. Franz-Albert turns one this year. In national news, 1568 is a busy year. To begin, the vassalization of Württemberg continues. The Acts of Domain of 1567 go into full effect, declaring Bavaria a Kingdom, and setting out new titles for the Monarch and the immediate family. Apart from news concerning governmental structure, Catherine gets the idea to further unite all of her realms. She does this by drawing up plans to synthesize all of the various German dialects in her dominion and introduce a common dialect, most likely that of her native Bavarian dialect most commonly spoken around Landshut and Munchen. In diplomatic news, Catherine ponders funding French-held Rhenish lands to recover from the recent Austrian war. The Britannic state visit is welcomed whole-heartedly. The visit, taken place during the summer, coincides with the coronation ceremony for Catherine. Catherine is crowned as the first Queen of Bavaria, to much fanfare and celebration. She promises to the Britannic King that the relations between the two countries will only ever get stronger in the coming years. Bavaria continues to wage war upon Hamburg, thanking all allies for their contribution to the war effort.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1570, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.

1571
'''The Mississippian cultures begin to see a diaspora from smaller villages due to the tribes looking for self determination. Various high chiefs are elected as some of these tribes begin to go east toward the coast looking to establish their own tribal societies.'''

'''The Britannian colony in OTL Massachusets bay area expands significantly as thousands of people rush to increasingly peaceful and expansive colony starting up an increasingly successful shipbuilding industry. The results of this are from an excess of Furs coming from British canada which have unexpectedly flooded the area and cause an excess need of local trade ships to make the journey to Britannia proper to sell their wares.'''

'''The untamed Mapuche natives attempt a raid on Buenos Aires. After previous successes of raiding with late retribution from Spain they are emboldened. This raid is a complete failure as they come across the city and find veterans of the Spanish Uruguay campaign waiting for them which defeat them in a relatively quick and lopsided battle. This marks the first failed Mapuche raid against a Spanish settlement.'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn Two of Eight). Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. We expand 100 px East Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. Meanwhile, the settlement expanded by 110 px Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Timorid - Urdustan Diplomacy: Despite the heavy losses inflicted upon the Yadaist navy, the Timor interim government (Until Yagan Gulpilil is old enough to rule) realizes that much stronger warships had to be bought to truly strengthen the navy and after many Timorid military leaders were left surprised at the size and strength of the warships that had accompanied the Urduistan merchant ships, the Timorid interim government requested the Urduistan merchants (After learning a bit of their language and about Urduistan) as to whether they would be willing to sell their warships in return for receiving exclusive trading rights and access to ports at Timor, an offer that had previously only been made to the Dutch.
 * ​Urdustani (اردو کی زمین کی سلطنت, Urdū kī bhūmi kā sāmrājya) Diplomacy: Our merchants have offered to be the go-between in this deal, and will begin to sell warships to the Timor iterim government in exchange for access to ports.
 * Timorid - Dutch Diplomacy: The Dutch are informed not to worry, as Timor is only keen on upgrading its navy and trade with Urdustan will not affect the Dutch supremacy in the region in any way. The Dutch are also reminded that they must respect the interests of Marrikuwiyanga as stated in the Treaty of Tapu and the Timorids will not stand if they are treated as a client state or are constantly threatened by the Dutch for it is in the interests of Timor to have an equal influence in East Indies and always collaborate with the Dutch for the betterment of both nations. The Timorid diplomats request the Dutch not to start a war between the Timorid by constantly threatening and using a harsh language when speaking to the Timorid diplomats
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their military. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to expand Neu Pommern.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 *  Neu Pommern:'   'Pirates and ethnicities fleeing Germanization continue to flood into Neu Pommern. The ethnicities bringing witht them their own cultures and languages, and the pirates bringing goods from across the Imperial and Eastern Borealia, as well as some of their own culture as piracy does begin to become a more accepted thing in neu Pommern culture. Pirates continue to hide out in the Scheiteswasser Archipelago, which is largley under Prussian control due to settlements and paid off pirates. Oranges, rum, hemp, and cannabis continue to be known as staple crops of the Blitz-Helbsing (Lightning Peninsula). We continue to incorporate natives as we move inland, though smallpox begins to kill many more than we would like, luckily due to the Colonial Neo-Feudalism policy that is in order most of the Timcua and other natives are rather isolated, which is resulting in few disease-related deaths. A type of Creole can be noticed as being distinct from German in the inland, as fleeing non-German ethnicities end up mingling with the natives. The population reaches roughly 8500. We continue to expand 10 pixels on the south coast and 10 pixels inland.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy has fully restabilized the Reals freefall and shortage of gold and silver for coins. Banks, however, begin a small practice of printing paper notes backed by gold to test how this works within the Spanish economy. The influx of spices, sugar, raw materials, tobacco, other cash crops, and bullion have greatly recovered the Spanish economy from a freefall like their French and Scandinavian allies. The Walls built near the Pyrenees are continually built and loans are taken out to finance these in order to improve the Credit of the King and to prove the worth of Hispanias bank. More newly implemented Merchantilist policies in thanks to acts passed by Parliament impose small tariffs on colonies and protectorates in order to gain a steady but tolerable flow of cash to Spain from her overseas territories. Due to the late implementation of this its unsure how it will work in the Colonies but the Merchantilism is expected to work as Good from Spain are exported heavily to outside markets such as the colonies, protectorates, and even her European possessions. This policy, however, does limit and prevent colonial manufacturers from competing fully with Spanish manufacturers in some regards unless licensed by Parliament. In an act of good faith many large manufacturers in the colonies are given this immediately but further set ups of major manufactories are prevented.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.5 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 1000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their militaries. The medical experimenting over the last 20 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The project to finish the Grand Canal is finally finished.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 650 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established in OTL Benguela called Saint Louis d'Africa.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: The Lithuanian explorer currently working for the Commonwealth, Adomas Klimas, navigate around the Hesperian Coast and go through the passage underneath the massive unexplored continent. Their ships end up in the Pacific Ocean, occasionally landing at several other colonies to purchase supplies in order to go across the Pacific and reach the Spanish controlled Philippines to resupply. After facing inclement weather, several crewmen of the ship have been lost at sea or injured onboard. Following the landing at the Philippines, Klimas recruits several replacements who have had experience at local taverns to continue the voyage and also have more experienced men with the Pacific. Messages that were made during the year were sent back by crewmen who volunteered to leave and go aboard other merchant vessels heading toward Europe. For the next year, the Nowa Wspólnota Firma will set sail to our ally’s colony, Mogadishu, then sail south down the African coastline to reach the Atlantic. Ships continue to be built with two more 64 cannon galleons and three more 32 gun frigates finishing construction. The new fleet of the Imperial Commonwealth Navy has impressed the admiralty of the armed forces structure. However, several admirals have brought up the idea of a new ship design that would supposedly be a harder target to hit while still acquiring the current firepower of the current modern vessels. Admirals from the fleets begin to propose to the admiralty about a new type of vessel that will be suffice for the current fleet. Current designs show a ship similar to the shape of a carrack. However, both of the castles (raised positions of OTL carracks that are raised on the bow and stern) have been removed, and replace with several cannon decks. No name has been made for these yet, but have been currently nicknamed the “New Carrack” by current designs. Admirals continue to sketch upon the designs of these new vessels and hope to have an adequate outcome. However, we ask states such as Hispania and Britannia in order to aid us on such layouts. We send supplies and foodstuffs to the Britannic colony that has recently exponentially expanded to keep it stable, prevent famine, and keep the trading structure of our partner in an adequate stance. The ambassadors of the Duchy of Slovakia agree to integrate into the Commonwealth. Following a vote at the General Sejm, a majority of the senate agree. By the end of the year the Duchy of Slovakia has been integrated into Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth. Our political influence continues to exert upon the nation of Hungary (10 turns left; following the integration of Slovakia less turns are needed). The military structure of our former vassal has been integrated into that of ours, increasing the Imperial Land Forces by an extra 5,000 troops. Military development continues, with our naval capacity slowly increasing.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The battle rages on in northern Germany as Scandinavia works to counterattack Hamburg's assault. During the initial days if the war, Scandinavia gained Lubeck, a city that was once a vassal to Scandinavia. Troops are sent to hold it as the fifth fleet guards the waters. The fifth fleet sees much action as Holstein is attacked, as is the city of Bremen. Soldiers march through Schelswog into Holstein, further aiding in the attack. The nations that are assisting Scandinavia during this war are thanked. The British attacks on Scandinavian merchant ships causes trouble in the courts and in the throne room. While calling for counterattack would be foolish, Scandinavia decrees that, during times of war, armed merchant ships may fire upon other ships if they themselves are first fired upon. Scandinavia will not be responsible for the actions of these merchants. In the meantime, Scandinavia works to vassalize the Mohican tribes above Vinland (Turn One of Three).
 * Brandenburg The military is reorganized to accommodate Scandinavian arms and tactics. Training begins for new recruits as forts are reopened or rebuilt.
 * Finland: Expansion into uninhabited territory resumes.
 * Greater Ingria: The war with Hamburg continues as Ingria sends troops to the war effort.
 * Iceland: The war effort continues as Iceland sends ships to reinforce the Scandinavian Fourth and Fifth fleets.
 * Karelia: Expansion into Saami territory resumes, Karelia expanding by 3500 sq km this year.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding, shipping lanes resuming by the end if the year, albeit patrolled heavily.
 * Pomerania: The military, especially the navy, is reorganized to accommodate for Scandinavian equipment and tactics. The war with Hamburg continues.
 * New Gotland: This vassal becomes even closer to the Scandinavian culture that dominates the area. The militia is improved.
 * Schleswig: The war with Hamburg continues as Schleswig sends troops into Holstein.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The militia is improved.
 * Vinland: The vassalization of the Mohicans becomes talk of the colony. The colony wonders whether or not the Mohicans will join Vinland or become a new vassal completely. Either way, Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The militia is expanded.
 *  Mansurryian Sultanate' :' In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn.
 * ​Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place. The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided  to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to install trusted people to manage key cities (mainly ' Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. 
 * L'nu Empire: The three ships given to the Empire by Oldenburg come in use this year, as they prove highly useful in fishing off the Grand Banks, catching thirty tons of cod. Several more ships are put under construction in the shipyard at Gespeg. The cultivation of Cassina increases; many other Borealian tribes are eager to buy it. Influence over the Moose Cree expands, and there are hopes of settling them near Aksimiki. As immigration and population growth continues, the military expands to 6000. The nation claims and settles 4000 km further toward Hudson Bay, while Ungava expands south to meet it. The Gelder continues to be adopted, increasing tax revenue.
 * ​Aksimiki: More Attimakew, Inuit and Cree settle in the nation, which expands 2500 km northwest, settlign smaller islands in the Adelheid Sea.
 * Kanien'ka: The military improves, adopting modern firearms and some horses.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in fifty-five elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is completed. |onte's population rises to over 254,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's offers the Rikisi of !Xoonte help creating its own army, by giving them old muskets and training, and sends the Eheresito hu Suida to help their Rikisiate expand northward 450 sq km north-eastward per turn. (mod response) Mon VI buys more of the snaphaunces to equip the new elite corps.
 * Malaccan Sultanate: Puwana II, unlike his father, is highly Anti-Dutch. Malacca cuts any previous relations with the nation. Meanwhile, he continues to improve relations with the UIN and Timor. We work on the millitary.
 * Brunei: improves miitary
 * In Mississippia,  outbreak of disease continues to be mitigated by the medicine men who are using a traditional healing mold (OTL predecessor of penicillin) and herbal remedies. The thousands of missionaries who largely brought the diseases continue to move into other tribal areas, notably targeting the Sioux. The medicine men return to Mississippia (notably Cahokia) in huge numbers to heal the ill, but some remain in Sioux and Algonquin lands.  Jean-Frances Desjardin oversees the importation of horses and the management of maize production nationwide. The influx of Europeans begins to slow a bit, but more and more technology continues to be brought over. The nation continues to buy firearms and horses, while using the fur trade to fuel the economy. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. The plan to connect the Kankakee River to the Gichigami is being built, and is estimated to be completed in 1589. Anothe canal is also under contsruction now, which will connect the Allegheny and Genesee Rivers, by 1586. All of the member states of Cahokia, Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, and Santee expand their economies, while the Odawa, Santee and Etowah expand.
 * No way you can get primitive penicillin yet. Stop that crap! -Feud
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,050,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (119,000) with Qusqo coming in second (92,000), followed by Peru (24,000), Machu Picchu (20,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The soldiers sent to France are to train in the art of seafaring, as the Treaty of Chan Chan requires France to aid in the creation of the Inca Navy. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his first child, a daughter named Cava. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. We ask to Zapotec join the Hesperian League. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 89,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 12,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3700.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the receiveing of Britannic ships the navy has significantly improved. The Pskovian offer from last year is accepted.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians which are unwilling to emmigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start tonamed increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. We leave the Russian Federation due to the fact we want to be our own nation. We except what terms Pskov made with us for now. We declare war on Muscovy.
 * The  Tartary'  sends aid to the Novgorodans in their plight to free themselves from Muscovy. They expect this to start a period of warm relations with Novgorod, whom they want to thaw relations with. The population grows, as does the economy. The construction of the massive buildings continues. Siberian expansion resumes at snail's pace.
 * Parthia, Khiva and Azov improve their economies; Bajkal and Bukharado their militaries. Perm and Chernihiv declare war on Muscovy in favour of independence, hopefully to gain land that belongs to Ukraine. They begin the siege of several positions in the other nation.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 44, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The recent wars and land purchases have taken their toll on the national budget, Vladimir begins to implement a plan that will reduce spending significantly. Meanwhile, the economy is shakily growing, as land development halts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Sophia, now 15, continues her education on manners of court.. Dan Dracul, now 7, begins learning of courts.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion is expanded by 9000 bringing the total strength to 10,000 men. They are armed like the rest of the Romanian Legions, with Pikes and Leverlock muskets.
 * Kiev: A Kievan Legion of 2500 is raised to keep the peace within Kiev, it receives the standard equipment of a Romanian legion. The military continues to become more professional. At the same time the economy continues to grow, albeit slowly with Romania in the middle of a crisis.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. Mogadishu begins to recover from the war as the economy and infrastructure improve. The colony expands 100 sq km north (2 pixels).
 * Vorlayacor: Diplomats are sent out to all the tribes northwest of Vorlayacor; gifts, negotiations, and infrastructure work are used to help sway them to one day join cede their territories as provinces of Vorlayacor. In the nation itself, the printing press explodes in popularity, with the University of Vorlayacor regularly printing books and scrolls for themselves and for distribution. The military expands and trains its cavalry units extensively, upgrading their armor and working on rushdown and strafing tactics. The nation expands by 20 pixels all across its northwest border.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The L'nu are approached with an offer to host a branch of the Bank of Britannia as well as training by top admirals and army officers. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairsIn the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humantiarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. A large detachment of the Royal Navy leaves Port Katrina for Dutch holdings in Malaysia as concerns of war grow. The large gunship Sovereign is with them.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrive to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * The L'nu accept.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy continues to do quite poorly. The big banks stop investing in risky projects entirely. The OHG, in response, has to scale down some of its more risky operations, such as whaling. The Neu Norderney fur trade and fishing manages to keep the company in profit. The military is built up, and countries are notified to respect Oldenburger neutrality.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university continues to decline in numbers for economic reasons.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. 
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1571, Bavaria expands its economy. Due to the large amounts of land freed from Austria in the Second Franco-Austrian War, Queen Catherine sees an opportunity. Beginning in 1567, The Queen begins petitioning the lords of Württemberg/Swabia for tribute and manpower, aiming to eventually vassalize them (Turn Five of Eight (adding another three years due to the delay of the Treaty of Paris)). The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news,  Queen Catherine continues to ban Cuthbert Suntgart from Bavaria. In 1567, Suntgart moves back to Geneva where he continues to act as a Catholic priest and popular preacher. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Maria-Charlotte. Franz-Albert turns one this year. In national news, 1571 is a busy year. To begin, the vassalization of Württemberg continues. The Acts of Domain of 1567 go into full effect, declaring Bavaria a Kingdom, and setting out new titles for the Monarch and the immediate family. Apart from news concerning governmental structure, Catherine gets the idea to further unite all of her realms. She does this by drawing up plans to synthesize all of the various German dialects in her dominion and introduce a common dialect, most likely that of her native Bavarian dialect most commonly spoken around Landshut and Munchen. In diplomatic news, Catherine ponders funding French-held Rhenish lands to recover from the recent Austrian war. The Britannic state visit is welcomed whole-heartedly. The visit, taken place during the summer, coincides with the coronation ceremony for Catherine. Catherine is crowned as the first Queen of Bavaria, to much fanfare and celebration. She promises to the Britannic King that the relations between the two countries will only ever get stronger in the coming years. Bavaria continues to wage war upon Hamburg, thanking all allies for their contribution to the war effort.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1571, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Netherlands: The Muslim branch of the house of Nassau-Orleans continues to prove very important in the region as they secure loyalty to the royal family within the company. In Europe cultural, economic and scientific growth continues as the Netherlands enter their golden age. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French. Lowlands French continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The House of Mirza continues to mingle with other European houses and one of the third generations of the house catches the eye of Willem II who begins trying to court her as a mistress. The girl in question, a 17-year old mixed blood named Rudy van Mirza, initially doesn't take to him much. However, his persistence eventually gets her into his bed. They have a child which greatly upsets the queen and Willems other chidren. Willem continues to delegate more power to the States-General as he dedicates his time to the arts, sciences and other activities of the Upper class and nobility. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with 75% of the fleet now with modern ships as the older ones are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. The military continues to expand. The States-General offer the Romans support should they decide to suppress the separatist groups. In the New World, the Guiana colony continues to grow as all settlements expand 20 pixels in total along the Amazon, New Rhine Rivers and along the coastline. The Netherlands offers Portugal a treaty establishing the borders between their respective colonies along the Amazon River. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases. Benin continues to develop as an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire and the first generation of European educated leaders arises. The new province of west Luxemburg is slowly integrated into the Kingdom. With the Treaty of Luxemburg signed Rik van Nassau-Orleans is declared the heir of the duchy being a catholic he considered the perfedct candidate,his part of the family is also asked to move to the duchy upon his assumption of the throne. ALso due to the closer ties with Austria and Luxemburg the Netherlands reformed church slowly starts to creep into Luxemburg as Preachers enter the country. 
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The plans for a colony are back on, and scouting merchant ships are searching for suitable locations. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1572
'''In the early hours of 8 February an 8.3 magnitude earthquake occurs in Chile, followed by a tsunami and several aftershocks. Several Spanish settlers are killed and houses in the area are destroyed, although by the time of the tsunami the majority of the population manages to escape to higher ground further inland.'''

'''The Egyptian civil conflict ends, with the Christians emerging victorious. Most Muslim communities have either been slaughtered or driven out. The main Muslim holdouts in the country are in Cairo and the western desert.'''


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Infante João Manrique de Lara, eldest son of King Nuno, marries Sancha Álvares de Celanova. Meanwhile, Portugal accepts the Dutch offer of a treaty.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is completed. |onte's population rises to over 268,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's offers the Rikisi of !Xoonte help creating its own army, by giving them old muskets and training, and sends the Eheresito hu Suida to help their Rikisiate expand northward 450 sq km north-eastward per turn. (mod response) Mon VI buys more of the snaphaunces to equip the new elite corps.
 * !Xóõn (mod) diplomacy: !Xoonte is more than glad to accept the |on offer.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pommern: As Neu Hamburg is annexed by Banche Esterno, the freshly made Germans-only colony in the Scheiteswasser is flooded with Germans fleeing their new Greek/Italian overlords. As a result the only two colonized islands in the Scheiteswasser end up becoming common trade stops, as Freihafen produces tobacco and oranges, and Deutschinsel produces cannabis, hemp, and rum, as was intended to keep the two island colonies from competing on the same marketing, which would also keep ethnic tensions between Injun and German down. Privateering and piracy continue to become something of note in Neu Pommeranian culture, and many poor and adventerous youths decide to turn to such a life, raiding and such. Several more rum distilleries open, further flooding the Imperial with famous Neu Pommern rum, some of which is sent back to the motherland to the royal family. We continue expansion 20 px inland as we now border Cahokia to our south, and decide to militarize that border for now.
 * Westphalia: We celebrate our multiple, back to back victories, the Hessen Marsch being played throughout the cities. Many of those who were not Hessians before do not like this. They would prefer a Westfalen Marsch to signal the unity of Westphalia. Many songwriters begin competing to gain the honour of having their song chosen as the military's marching song. Most of the non-Hessian citizens in Westphalia also demand that the national song be changed from "My Love, My Land, Hesse", to something representing Westphalia's unity. Pfalz is also vassalized. We improve infrastructure. Moritz I von WIttelsbach is born to Wilhelm IV and his wife.
 * Mainz: We improve infrastructure.
 * East Cologne: We improve infrastructure.
 * East Trier: We improve infrastructure.
 * Palatinate: We are vassalized into Westphalia. We improve infrastructure.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy has fully restabilized the Reals freefall and shortage of gold and silver for coins. Banks, however, begin a small practice of printing paper notes backed by gold to test how this works within the Spanish economy. The influx of spices, sugar, raw materials, tobacco, other cash crops, and bullion have greatly recovered the Spanish economy from a freefall like their French and Scandinavian allies. The Walls built near the Pyrenees are continually built and loans are taken out to finance these in order to improve the Credit of the King and to prove the worth of Hispanias bank. More newly implemented Merchantilist policies in thanks to acts passed by Parliament impose small tariffs on colonies and protectorates in order to gain a steady but tolerable flow of cash to Spain from her overseas territories. Due to the late implementation of this its unsure how it will work in the Colonies but the merchantilism is expected to work as goods from Spain are exported heavily to outside markets such as the colonies, protectorates, and even her European possessions. This policy, however, does limit and prevent colonial manufacturers from competing fully with Spanish manufacturers in some regards unless licensed by Parliament. In an act of good faith many large manufacturers in the colonies are given this immediately but further set ups of major manufactories are prevented.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.5 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 1000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Adomas Klimas and the Nowa Wspólnota Firma have reached the colony of Mogadishu and began trailing down the east coast of the African coastline. Within several months, the company has reached southern passage to the Atlantic and docked at the Spanish colony for supplies to continue their voyage. For the next six months they will travel north up the western coast of Africa and then reach Neu Pommern to land and resupply. With Silesia now under our control, we welcome our West Slavic brethren return into Poland. Flags of Bohemia on the administration buildings within Silesia have been taken down and replaced by the flag of Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth. Troops and militia move into the area to consolidate power. With the Austrian threat virtually gone, many of our reservists and current standing army is moved to the eastern and southern border with the Russia and Hungary. About 10,000 stand at the Hungarian border with another 35,000 at the Russian border. Nearly 6,000 are left in the west. Our navy continue to develop with another two 64 gun galleons finishing construction and three 32 gun frigates going off the slipway of the shipyard. Diplomatic influence continues to be exerted upon Hungary (9 Turns Left). Military development and progress with the navy continues.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 650 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established in OTL Sumbe Angola called Saint Louis d'Africa.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn Three of Eight). The interim government is overthrown by the heir to the throne Yagan Gulpilil and his trusted his General, Mutah. Yagan Gulpilil is officially granted the title of Sultan Yagan Gulpilil and himself signs the agreement with Urdustan, a few weeks later; he expels the Dutch merchants and ends all relations with the Dutch due to the Treaty of Tapu being void after Dutch interfered with and threatened Marrikuwuyangan interests. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. We expand 100 px East Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. Meanwhile, the settlement expanded by 100 px Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. The people accepted Yagan Gulpilil as their true Emperor and allowed Islam to spread. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Timorid - Urdustan Diplomacy: The offer by Urdustan is hereby accepted and Urdustan are allowed to have access to the Timorid ports in exchange for the sale of warships
 * L'nu Empire: Two new ships are completed this year on the model of the ones received last year. One of them is armed with four cannons to defend the others while they are fishing. This year, they voyage into the Adelheid Sea, catching tons of arctic char and salmon. Meanwhile, Ungava is now connected to the main Empire by a corridor of territory, so the need for separate administration is no longer existent and Ungava is annexed. The populationc ontinues to explode, reaching 160,000. As a result, several hundred settlers express the desire to find less cramped territories with less competition for fur. Using the ships, they are transported to the mouth of the Chisasibi, where they found a settlement named, appropriately, Chisasibi.. The main nation expands 4000 km.
 * Aksimiki: The Cree continue to resettle near Aksimiki. Cassina cultivation begins, although cold temperatures limit it. Aksimiki expands 2500 km north.
 * Kanien'ka: Expands 1000 km north. The L'nu continue to establish greater control over the vassal.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy . Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the receiveing of Britannic ships the navy has significantly improved.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians which are unwilling to emmigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,070,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationals movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 90,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start tonamed increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. We win 4.9% of Muscovy's land in the war.
 * Romania declares it will help Novgorod gain independence.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 29 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate.. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We cease vassalizing Makuria and Alodia. Damascus now numbers 304,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 195,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. We  begin vassalizing Cairo (One of Five). Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. Sulimen has a second son named Allahdrashda.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 70,000. The vassal contines centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Moderate  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 203,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 25,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.


 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Melilla, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. The town of Schlossburg is declared the center of the territory of Reichland, which continues to expand. After our war with France, we continue to recover, as destroyed infrastructure continues to be rebuilt.
 * I was asked to post for Mscoree while he is away for the week.  Flag of Romania.svgToţi în unu; Nihil Sine DeoFlag of Romania.svg
 * Vorlayacor: The military increases the size of its forces to 2.5% of the population and will maintain this number in years to come. Cavalry training continues. The road system is expanded and upgraded, as it was originally put in place more than 50 years ago. Northwest expansion continues.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * County of Oldenburg: There's a mild economic upturn, and the OHG sends out a new whaling expedition, which brings back a good amount of whale products and makes a good profit. Neu Norderney expands 2000 px south along the coast, as the economic migrants who arrived in Jacqueline spread out.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Uni student numbers rise with many students coming from countries ravaged by war. The military is expanded.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairs. In the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humantiarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. A large detachment of the Royal Navy leaves Port Katrina for Dutch holdings in Malaysia as concerns of war grow. The large gunship Sovereign is with them.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1572, Bavaria expands its economy. Due to the large amounts of land freed from Austria in the Second Franco-Austrian War, Queen Catherine sees an opportunity. Beginning in 1567, The Queen begins petitioning the lords of Württemberg/Swabia for tribute and manpower, aiming to eventually vassalize them (Turn Six of Eight (adding another three years due to the delay of the Treaty of Paris)). The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news,  Queen Catherine continues to ban Cuthbert Suntgart from Bavaria. In 1567, Suntgart moves back to Geneva were he continues to act as a Catholic priest and popular preacher. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Maria-Charlotte. Franz-Albert turns one this year. In national news, 1571 is a busy year. To begin, the vassalization of Württemberg continues. The Acts of Domain of 1567 go into full effect, declaring Bavaria a Kingdom, and setting out new titles for the Monarch and the immediate family. Apart from news concerning governmental structure, Catherine gets the idea to further unite all of her realms. She does this by drawing up plans to synthesize all of the various German dialects in her dominion and introduce a common dialect, most likely that of her native Bavarian dialect most commonly spoken around Landshut and Munchen. In diplomatic news, Catherine ponders funding French-held Rhenish lands to recover from the recent Austrian war. The Britannic state visit is welcomed whole-heartedly. The visit, taken place during the summer, coincides with the coronation ceremony for Catherine. Catherine is crowned as the first Queen of Bavaria, to much fanfare and celebration. She promises to the Britannic King that the relations between the two countries will only ever get stronger in the coming years. Bavaria continues to wage war upon Hamburg, thanking all allies for their contribution to the war effort.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1572, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. 
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * ''Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. This year is also the 40th year sense the Sultanate was reestablished by Sultan Aashif and thus Sultan Amir and the Grand Council reflects what has happened. First the Second Great Mansuryian Purge, next there was a rebuildment period under the Mosque Model, then there was a union with the Safavids, later there was war with the Safavids with our allies, and finally we are now in a period of rebuildment as we look toward a glorious future.

''


 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided  to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to install trusted people to manage key cities (mainly ' Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. 
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 45, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The recent wars and land purchases have taken their toll on the national budget, Vladimir begins to implement a plan that will reduce spending significantly. Meanwhile, the economy is shakily growing, as land development halts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Sophia, now 16, continues her education on manners of court, she is betrothed to a prince of the Tartars. Dan Drăculești, now 8, begins learning of courts, and takes a position as a squire.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion is expanded by 9000 bringing the total strength to 10,000 men. They are armed like the rest of the Romanian Legions, with Pikes and Leverlock muskets.
 * Kiev: A Kievan Legion of 2500 is raised to keep the peace within Kiev, it receives the standard equipment of a Romanian legion. The military continues to become more professional. At the same time the economy continues to grow, albeit slowly with Romania in the middle of a crisis.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. Mogadishu begins to recover from the war as the economy and infrastructure improve.
 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The plans for a colony are back on, and scouting merchant ships are searching for suitable locations. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Hostilities in Hamburg begin to cease as the nation slowly but surely surrenders. The Treaty of Regisbug has yet to be signed, but hostilities have ceased for the most part. During this time, Scandinavia decides that attempting to vassalize the Mohicans should be put off for a later time. Instead, Scandinavia begins vassalizing Selebar, which is expected to be finished by 1454 (Turn One of Three).
 * Brandenburg: The military is reorganized to accommodate Scandinavian arms and tactics. Training begins for new recruits as forts are reopened or rebuilt.
 * Finland: Expansion into uninhabited territory resumes.
 * Greater Ingria: The war with Hamburg continues as Ingria sends troops to the war effort.
 * Iceland: The war effort continues as Iceland sends ships to re-inforce the Scandinavian Fourth and Fifth fleets.
 * Karelia: Expansion into Saami territory resumes, Karelia expanding by 3500 sq km this year.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding, shipping lanes resuming by the end if the year, albeit patrolled heavily.
 * Pomerania: The military, especially the navy, is reorganized to accommodate for Scandinavian equipment and tactics. The war with Hamburg continues.
 * New Gotland: This vassal becomes even closer to the Scandinavian culture that dominates the area. The militia is improved.
 * Schleswig: The war with Hamburg continues as Schleswig sends troops into Holstein.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The militia is improved.
 * Vinland: The vassalization of the Mohicans becomes talk of the colony. The colony wonders whether or not the Mohicans will join Vinland or become a new vassal completely. Either way, Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The militia is expanded.

1573
In Rome, Pope Theodore III dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Bolognese Ugo Boncompagni is elected Pope, taking the papal name of Telesphorus III.

A war party of Comanche riders raid many exposed Zapotec trading posts and outposts in OTL Texas, driving them near the Rio Grande River.

'''A stock of fireworks explodes in Beijing after a fire breaks out in a warehouse late at night, creating a dazzling, yet highly flammable, spectacle. The firework warehouse is destroyed. There are no casualties.'''

'''To celebrate the end of hostilities in North Germany and honor the fallen in the wars with Austria and Hamburg, a Scandinavian artist presents a piece of art to the Scandinavian king. The work resembles a coniferous tree, yet is is made of swords. The artist refers to it as ‘The Red Tree’, symbolizing the blood spilled in the wars. Nikolaus I refers to it as ‘the pointy tree’. The pointy tree is placed in front of the Winter Palace this Christmas. The pointy tree will be sent to all participants of the war during Christmas.'''

''' Raiders from hostile tribes in the area begin a massive assault on Mississippia's southwestern fronts. The border is pushed back by 250 km to the north. '''

''' The British economy booms, despite speculation in the stock market and an increase of risky loans. Soon an economic bubble is formed. Many economists ignore the naysayers and state that Britannia is on an upward boom, despite reports that a recession may be on the way. '''

War is over
 * Duchy of Hamburg: the war takes a turn for the better as a Scando-Bavarian army is defeated south of Lüneburg. Emboldened, the Hamburgian Army liberates occupied Mecklenburg, Holstein and Münster. Lübeck is retaken, and the Bavarian port is sacked. As preparations for a push into Pomerania and Brandenburg, Duke Otto sends letters to the belligerents, calling representatives to Rostock to discuss a fair treaty.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Schwerin is retaken in April by Mecklenburgian troops, restoring Hamburgian rule.
 * County of Holstein: Kiel falls to Hamburgian forces after a month long siege. The Hamburgian army pushes north.
 * Duchy of Stade: Stadian troops prove competent during the war, aiding in many battles.
 * And this is the end of it. -Guy
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 30 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate.. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We cease vassalizing Makuria and Alodia. Damascus now numbers 314,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 201,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. Sulimen has a second son named Allahdrashda.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 72,000. The vassal contines centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Moderate  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 203,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 25,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn Four of Six). The interim government is overthrown by the heir to the throne Yagan Gulpilil and his trusted his, Mutah. Yagan Gulpilil is officially granted the title of Sultan Yagan Gulpilil and himself signs the agreement with Urdustan. Infra Turn and Eco Turn. Sultan Yagan Gulpilil changes his name to Sultan Yaghnam Gulpilil although he is still referred to as Yagan by those close to him
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. We expand 100 px East Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. Meanwhile, the settlement expanded by 100 px Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on the rise. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on a rise. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Timorid - Urdustan Relations: Trade has finally begun between the two states and the Timorid navy have started to replace the old Dutch warships with the much stronger ones bought from Urdustan. The Emperor is keen on improving the relations further with Urdustan and adopts the Urdustan calendar
 * Timorid - Malay/Malacca Diplomacy: Emperor Yagan Gulpilil himself arrives to meet with the Malay King. The Malay are first congratulated for having broken themselves free from the chains that bound it to the oppressive Buddhist Ayutthaya. Sultan Yagan Gulpilil also discuss the anti - Dutch sentiment that is on the rise on both Timor and Malay, and also discusses showing the Dutch the strength of Timor and Malay, so as to prevent the Dutch from attempting to threaten or humiliate us in the future
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is completed. |onte's population rises to over 283,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts.


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Exploration of the New World continues with the Nowa Wspólnota Firma now arriving back at the Imperial Sea, they reach the Prussian colony of Neo Pommern and begin to stock up on supplies for their voyage back to the Commonwealth. However, a messenger was sent by the crown to tell Adomas Klimas to remain at Neu Pommern for several years to draw out the maps of the newly explored areas. A ship sent by the Imperial Commonwealth Navy arrives in Neu Pommern to give Adomas Klimas a chest full of money in order to pay for staying in the area. The ship sent then arrives back to the Commonwealth by the end of the year. Troops continue to be sent to the border with the Rus’ in a preparation stance in the case of their army crossing the border. Siege equipment, such as ladders, cannons, towers, and pontoon bridges are stockpiled in the east. At least two more 64 cannon galleons are constructed with three 32 gun frigates. Military development continues as well as the development of new naval vessels.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy has fully restabilized the Reals freefall and shortage of gold and silver for coins. Banks, however, begin a small practice of printing paper notes backed by gold to test how this works within the Spanish economy. The influx of spices, sugar, raw materials, tobacco, other cash crops, and bullion have greatly recovered the Spanish economy. The Real begins to resurge in purchasing power as the Spanish economy begins to see fruits of its labor so to speak from its diversifying economy.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony just north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 1000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * L'nu Empire: The ancient Yaldan dies, leaving no surviving heirs. As the Thirty-One Sachems argue over who is to succeed him, gaps between Christians and Shamanists widen, finally boiling over into rioting. The  military splits along religious lines, as several Sachems raise armies and march on the capital, ttryingto seize the seat of power. The Brittannian representative is killed (great pretext for intervention there) as the armies fight for the city, leaving it in flames. Meanwhile, Aksimiki breaks free and the Mohawk revolt, massacring L'nu representatives. As winter settles in, the nation's harvest lies rotting in the fields, lleavingtens of thousands to starve and the nation in chaos.
 * OOC: It was fun while it lasted. By the way, I hope Scandinavia becomes an Austrian vassal. 

''Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn.''
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Melilla, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. The town of Schlossburg is declared the center of the territory of Reichland, which continues to expand. After our war with France, we continue to recover, as destroyed infrastructure continues to be rebuilt.
 * Mscoree asked me to post for him while he was away.  Flag of Romania.svgToţi în unu; Nihil Sine DeoFlag of Romania.svg
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pommern: The Polish explorer is given aid in acting as a cartographer in the region, as new maps would benefit both parties. A new wave of migrants comes, mainly Poles, Estonians, and Lithuanians, further infusing the Neu Pommern culture with a strange variety of words and pronunciations. A steady stream of molasses from Cuba continues to flow into Neu Pommern via commerce and piracy (mostly piracy) which is then made into premium rum which flows out of Neu Pommern via commerce and piracy (mostly commerce), continuing to fuel the powerful economy of the colony. Meanwhile, an equilibrium of trade had occurred with Britannian New Guerney, as Neu Pommeranians do seem to be loving that coffee, and New Guerneyens seem to enjoy Neu Pommern oranges. We decide to begin sending native saboteurs and spies over the border into the Cahokian sphere in attempt to destabilize the sphere in the region, and perhaps sway some tribes into joining with Neu Pommern. We expand inland 20 px.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairs. In the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humanitarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. After several years abroad, Emperor William comes home to a large welcome and fanfare.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrive to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,100,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forcibly moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationals movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 94,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start tonamed increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. We start to make prototype grenades in our factories. Also we start to make our own version of muskets, wick guns and flintlocks.
 * All three of those weapons mentioned in the end of your turn haven't been created until the early/mid 1600s.  Flag of Romania.svgToţi în unu; Nihil Sine DeoFlag of Romania.svg
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the receiving of Britannic ships the navy has significantly improved.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians who are unwilling to emigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Pskov economy increases. After compiling census results, they shall follow as soon as I reach a computer.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. Troops and supplies are sent to aid the Urdus in their war and protect Roman property in that area. A colony ship bound for the colonies sails off course, and eventually reaches OTL Sable island. They get shipwrecked there. After a week or so, a naval scout ship from Atlantis finds them and brings them new supplies. The colonists eventually decide to stay, with some saying the shipwreck was destiny. As a few houses are built, farming and fishing become the only real occupations, and a governor is appointed as part of the Atlantis province.
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * Vorlayacor: The military is the focus of the nation's spare resources this year. Military doraks are upgraded and thousands of cannons and advanced snaphaunces are manufactured to aid the troops; the snaphaunces go to the cavalry corps and the cannons replace the aging ones on the entire fleet.  Integration of new, Tapuia-dominated provinces continues, as they are given members of the Grand Council to elect; there are now 20 Council members for 20 states of Vorlayacor. Infrastructure upgrades, particularly the road system in the northwest, are completed. We ask the Roman Empire if they would be willing to trade us galleasses for Hesperian crops such as banana and corn.
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided  to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to install trusted people to manage key cities (mainly ' Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. 


 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 46, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The recent wars and land purchases have taken their toll on the national budget, Vladimir begins to implement a plan that will reduce spending significantly. Meanwhile, the economy is shakily growing, as land development halts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Sophia, now 17, continues her education on manners of court, she is betrothed to a prince of the Tartars. Dan Drăculești, now 9, begins learning of courts, and takes a position as a squire.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion is expanded by 9000 bringing the total strength to 10,000 men. They are armed like the rest of the Romanian Legions, with Pikes and Leverlock muskets.
 * Kiev: A Kievan Legion of 2500 is raised to keep the peace within Kiev, it receives the standard equipment of a Romanian legion. The military continues to become more professional. At the same time the economy continues to grow, albeit slowly with Romania in the middle of a crisis.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it begins to expand northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * The Tartary expands their military and population. The economy grows as well. Something something Paul.
 * Perm, Azov and Chernihiv: improve military. Bajkal, Bukhara, Khiva, and Parthia improve economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The vassalization of Selebar goes well, which is expected to be finished by 1454 (Turn Two of Three).
 * Brandenburg: The military is reorganized to accommodate Scandinavian arms and tactics. Training begins for new recruits as forts are reopened or rebuilt.
 * Finland: Expansion into uninhabited territory resumes
 * Greater Ingria: The war with Hamburg continues as Ingria sends troops to the war effort.
 * Iceland: The war effort continues as Iceland sends ships to reinforce the Scandinavian Fourth and Fifth fleets.
 * Karelia: Expansion into Saami territory resumes, Karelia expanding by 3500 sq km this year.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding, shipping lanes resuming by the end if the year, albeit patrolled heavily.
 * Pomerania: The military, especially the navy, is reorganized to accommodate for Scandinavian equipment and tactics. The war with Hamburg continues.
 * New Gotland: This vassal becomes even closer to the Scandinavian culture that dominates the area. The militia is improved.
 * Schleswig: The war with Hamburg continues as Schleswig sends troops into Holstein.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The militia is improved.
 * Vinland: The vassalization of the Mohicans becomes talk of the colony. The colony wonders whether or not the Mohicans will join Vinland or become a new vassal completely. Either way, Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The militia is expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1573, Bavaria expands its economy. Due to the large amounts of land freed from Austria in the Second Franco-Austrian War, Queen Catherine sees an opportunity. Beginning in 1567, The Queen begins petitioning the lords of Württemberg/Swabia for tribute and manpower, aiming to eventually vassalize them (Turn Seven  of Eight (adding another three years due to the delay of the Treaty of Paris)). The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news,  Queen Catherine continues to ban Cuthbert Suntgart from Bavaria. In 1567, Suntgart moves back to Geneva were he continues to act as a Catholic priest and popular preacher. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Maria-Charlotte. Franz-Albert turns one this year. In national news, 1571 is a busy year. To begin, the vassalization of Württemberg continues. The Acts of Domain of 1567 go into full effect, declaring Bavaria a Kingdom, and setting out new titles for the Monarch and the immediate family. Apart from news concerning governmental structure, Catherine gets the idea to further unite all of her realms. She does this by drawing up plans to synthesize all of the various German dialects in her dominion and introduce a common dialect, most likely that of her native Bavarian dialect most commonly spoken around Landshut and Munchen. In diplomatic news, Catherine ponders funding French-held Rhenish lands to recover from the recent Austrian war. The Britannic state visit is welcomed whole-heartedly. The visit, taken place during the summer, coincides with the coronation ceremony for Catherine. Catherine is crowned as the first Queen of Bavaria, to much fanfare and celebration. She promises to the Britannic King that the relations between the two countries will only ever get stronger in the coming years. Bavaria ends the war on Hamburg, and begins the treaty making process.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1573, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * In Mississippia, the wave of disease that began in 1570 have effectively ended, with a total death count of about 400,000 Mississippians. Almost all of them were from the state of Cahokia, but the wealth in the state prevents a drop in population. In response to the dreadful attacks on the border, Great Chief Christophe the Christian declares war on the raiding tribes. He utilizes the powerful canoe navy to rampage through the raiding nations' lands, and forces their leaders to swear fealty to the Chief of Etowah, into which state they are integrated. More and more often, French men marry Mississippian women. These mixed marriages have about seven children on average while normal marriages produce only five. Many missionaries continue to work in the regions owned by the Sioux and Algonquin peoples. Great Chief Christophe the Christian makes it quite clear that we are open to new states joining the Confederation. The medicine men spread our culture in Sioux and Algonquin lands. Jean-Frances Desjardin continues to oversee the reproduction of horses, and also sees the importation of newer breeds. A project is underway to create the fastest and best enduring breed possible. Some Europeans continue to arrive in the nation; increasingly these immigrants are Greeks who are interested in economic gains. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. The Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) and Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1586) are both under construction. The Confederate States of Cahokia, Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, and Santee expand their militaries, while the states also undergo some expansion.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy continues to improve, and the OHG is back to normal operational levels, with good whaling, fishing, and furring profits. In Neu Norderney, people are distressed by the collapse of the L'nu, and the Landwehr is put on alert.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: University student numbers remain steady. Infrastructure is improved, and the Osnabruck-Oldenburg Highway is given repairs.

1574
''' A group of Prussian nobles launch a rebellion, angry at the selling of Danzig and East Prussia to the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth. '''

''' A bout of smallpox spreads through the city and surrounding areas of Cahokia, killing nearly 30,000 before abating. '''

''' The Diaspora of tribes still living within Mississipian domains continues immigrating east looking to stake their own claims to territories and set up their own societies seeing the suffering of those who live within the cities. '''


 * Five anti-Mississippia events in five years ... I would like to remind mods that they cannot make mod events in a region where they have a vested interest. This means that: Andrew, Crim, Callum, MP, and Feud (by virtue of their North American claims, colonies, and protectorates), and Cour and Sine (by virtue of being neighbors) should not be allowed to make mod events. Ms is debatable, considering that he still plays his colony really close to our border. Collie, Fed, and (possibly) Ms can make events, as can Commandante Lemming or Scand if they become active. Please, take credit for the past five events so that I can make sure you are obeying the rules of moderatorship. Thanks,  02:36, July 25, 2014 (UTC)


 * Under that consideration you shouldn't be making claims of having a six million population when you had taken the nation after 80 years of inactivity, nor to claim that your death rate during a plague (that you didn't face when it occurred) is lesser than the mods agreed to.Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 03:23, July 25, 2014 (UTC)


 * '''The six million figure is about 50% takes into account a number of features that occurred prior to my taking control over the nation. For instance, Hail posted that in 1425, Cahokia had a population of 140k. The population was increasing by about 5k per year (unchallenged and widely accepted). Wikipedia also cites that there were about 200k outside of Cahokia at its peak. The peak was OTL near 1300, but ATL it reached the same peak level by about 1410. So, the population of the city of Cahokia and its outskirts in 1425 would be 350,000 (from suburbs) and 140k (within the main city) for a total of 490k. The population would probably hover right around there, since that is the realistic peak. Using this as the baseline, the city would have a population of roughly 540k come Euro contact decades after 1425. If the city lost 50%, as many links and studies (a guide to disease prevention and history, text from a Master's Degree Thesis at U of Texas - Austin entitled "ABO Blood Group Frequencies in Pre-European Contact America: An Ancient DNA Analysis" and sponsored by Deborah Bolnick, PhD and Sam Wilson, PhD, a Collegiate essay on the topic of Smallpox, a debate on Racism in terms of Indian Diseases, a document from a High School American Studies curriculum, a CDC report/informational sheet detailing losses due to Smallpox, and much more which I could supply. Feud has refused to recognize the importance of ABO Blood Group and disposition to Smallpox. This is a commonly proven situation proven: an article from the National Center for Biotechnology Information, an article from the National Library of Medicine, a study sponsored by the National Institute of Health and published by the UN's World Health Organization, as study conducted at the University of Delhi, a study published by an NHS Doctor and sponsored by the American Society of Hematology with other 100+ sources and even more sources which I could go on to list, but the point is made. All of the 11 provided links prove that the Mississippians would have lost about 50% of their total population. Going back to population projections, our largest city (of ~540k) had about three other real rivals in terms of size (approx. 450k, 400k, and 350k). These four cities had a total population of 1,740,000 individuals. Now take into account that fact that we have about a dozen other cities with over 100,000 and dozens more over 50k, and we have a solid 4,140,000 in large cities alone. Now we go to farms and rural areas. The majority of any Native American people were rural (an ASU article by their Professor of Anthropology of the School of Human Evolution and Social Change, a NAU essay based upon University of Wisconsin-Madison's Prof. Denevan, a University of Kentucky essay based upon University of Texas at Austin work of Prof. Butzer in the field of human geography, and more), and therefore at least 4,140,000 other Indians lived in the land of 4.14 million urban Indians. More realistically, and drawing from the prior resources, the number of rural people is even higher (more likely double, or 8,280,000). Therefore, the total population at contact can be best estimated at 12,420,000. If half of them died during the first few decades after contact, as would have happened, then we are left with 6,210,000. That is the population ca. 1530 according to our estimates, and therefore, with a 3.5% average population growth (as is typical, nay on the small side amongst developing nations), the population in 1575 should be nigh on 30 million people. This is clearly scary to most who would seek to preserve a sort of status-quo, so I have decided to cap my population at 6.5 million, of which 300,000 died in the first year I completed my census. Quite simply, the total number of sources I have provided prove that the numbers and estimates provided by the mods for their own purposes, largely, are not plausible.'''
 * tl;dr: By the ample number of sources I have provided, it can be said that I lost about 50% of my total pre-contact population of ca. 12 million.
 * Thanks for putting up with me and reading all this and all of the provided sources to make the most intelligent decision.  04:28, July 25, 2014 (UTC)


 * Fair enough, but Rex's point still stands, these events are in conflict of interest. Much like mine were from before. This does not seem fair. As he could be seemingly be called for being targeted. -SwankDaddy


 * Thank you for stating the obvious. I didn't make this event nor would I as I would have a vested interest, so perhaps blame should not be thrown on me. -Andy
 * I was not trying to call you out personally Andy. I appreciate that you respect the rules of being a mod. I just wanted to know who was making these events, and then get to know the gist of what all is taking place (the nitty gritty if you will). Thanks for your response. ~Rex

'''Rex has researched this pretty well and since you guys (the mods) probably want to stop him from expanding. But Rex, although it's plausible for you to have 6 million people wouldn't such a large nation also have issues with, yes, societies that want to separate. I'm not saying Rex shouldn't expand, but if you guys want to limit him, slow him down, rather than stop him completely. Sky Green 24 - Join the party  08:35, July 25, 2014 (UTC)'''
 * I agree that separatist populaces are also plausible. It's not so much that I am debating this mod event. I am trying to make two simple points.
 * It is not right, and quite unprecedented, for five negative mod events in five years for an active player-led nation, esp. with no in-game or talk-page warnings about plausibility.
 * It is possible (and on the short side) for me to have six million people.
 * I am not disputing this event. I will react to it as I would normally, just felt like my point needed to be made after Sine called me out. ~Rex
 * Quite frankly I am insulted that I would be accused of writing this event, or any event in an area in which I have a vested interest. I make events for Australian Indigenous tribes; far away enough for you? Callumthered (talk) 09:01, July 25, 2014 (UTC) 
 * I am sorry once again. I did not intend to come across as targetting mods who write nice and fair mod events. I am just trying to lay out who really doesn't have an interest in my downfall (Collie or Fed, for the most part) and to make sure that these events are authored by them. I simply listed all the mods to make a point. It was poorly written, and for that I apologize to all of the mods I listed (unless you made the event agaisnt the rules)  09:36, July 25, 2014 (UTC)

''' The Roman Empire gets the pointy tree this year! '''


 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants but no more because war had begun. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build but no more because war have begun and we are buying Urdustan warships. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn Four of Six). The interim government is overthrown by the heir to the throne Yagan Gulpilil and his trusted his, Mutah. War is declared upon the Dutch to free the Sunda (The Emperor himself a Sunda) and the Muslims being oppressed and fighting starts. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. The people are informed that just like they had fought for Islam, the people of Sunda were too and it is our right to wage a Jihad against the oppressive Dutch, thus war is declared upon the Dutch and the fighting starts. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. The people are informed that just like they had fought for Islam, the people of Sunda were too and it is our right to wage a Jihad against the oppressive Dutch, thus war is declared upon the Dutch and the fighting starts Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. The people are informed that just like they had fought for Islam, the people of Sunda were too and it is our right to wage a Jihad against the oppressive Dutch, thus war is declared upon the Dutch and the fighting starts. Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on the rise. The people are informed that just like they had fought for Islam, the people of Sunda were too and it is our right to wage a Jihad against the oppressive Dutch, thus war is declared upon the Dutch. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on a rise. The people are informed that just like they had fought for Islam, the people of Sunda were too and it is our right to wage a Jihad against the oppressive Dutch, thus war is declared upon the Dutch and the fighting starts.. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Sancha Álvares de Celanova gives birth to a boy, who is named Afonso.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 31 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. Damascus now numbers 317,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 204,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda, now 3, begins to show signs of more politcal qualities rather than militaristic ones.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 73,000. The vassal contines centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Moderate  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 215,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 10,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Prussia: The Prussians capture and execute many of the ringleaders of rebellion in surprise offensive. The remaining ringleaders are in a state of disarray.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pommern: We watch what is happening in the Cahokian Sphere with a smile, as we accept many Seminoles and Creek who decide to flee into villages or grant them land under the Colonial Neu-Feudal system. We expand inland 20 px.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 300,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III dies. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell his first painting to Brittania.
 * ​British Dip: Seeing and hearing of his marvelous works, the Emperor himself readily agrees to purchase the painting. He also extends the offer of trade between the two nations to help facilitate closer relations.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Adomas Klimas and the Nowa Wspólnota Firma continue to sketch out the maps of the New World from their discoveries, sending the completed copies back to the Commonwealth. Shipyards in Gdansk continue to construct vessels for the Imperial Commonwealth Navy. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. Troops and other siege type weapons are stockpiled on our eastern border. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (Seven Turns). Military development continues with our navy constructing more vessels.


 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Melilla, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. The town of Schlossburg is declared the center of the territory of Reichland, which continues to expand. After our war with France, we continue to recover, as destroyed infrastructure continues to be rebuilt.
 * I was asked by Mscoree to post for him while he is away for the week.  Flag of Romania.svgToţi în unu; Nihil Sine DeoFlag of Romania.svg
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairs. In the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humantiarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. After several years abroad, Emperor William comes home to a large welcome and fanfare, hearing of the murder of the British ambassador to the L'nu. Britannia declares war, all troops are mobilised and quickly make short work of the primitive peoples. When the war is over, plans to sell at least part of the land to Scandinavia are considered.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Mississippian Diplomacy: We offer to buy the rights to Aksimiki, which is de jure part of L'nu but de facto independent.
 * British Dip: Considering the expanse of territory and the unruly nature of the people we accept.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrive to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * County of Oldenburg: News of the collapse of the L'nu and its subsequent annexation by Britannia is not taken well by the lord of Neu Norderney, who had nurtured grand schemes since the L'nu agreed to adopt the Gelder. He gets over it, however. Back at home, the government focuses on improving infrastructure, including roads and forts.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Militia expands.
 * Malacca Sultanate: The Sultan declares full support of Timor in invading Sunda. This war becomes the first in which the malaysian snaphaunces are first used in combat. Back in Malacca, the economy continues growth with the UIN. Econ turn
 * Brunei: Declares war on the Dutch. Econ turn
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start tonamed increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships.  We continue to make prototype grenades in our factories.  Also we continue to make our own version of Arquebus.
 * The first safe grenade was invented in 1915, what is this horse raddish? -Swank
 * Get out of here with that. No grenades for a while now -Feud
 *  ​' Tawatinsuyu: Economy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,133,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. 'With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 95,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the receiveing of Britannic ships the navy has significantly improved.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians who are unwilling to emigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy has fully restabilized the Reals freefall and shortage of gold and silver for coins. Banks, however, begin a small practice of printing paper notes backed by gold to test how this works within the Spanish economy. The influx of spices, sugar, raw materials, tobacco, other cash crops, and bullion have greatly recovered the Spanish economy. The Real begins to resurge in purchasing power as the Spanish economy begins to see fruits of its labor so to speak from its diversifying economy.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 10,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The Mapuche, however, see some minor immigration from those wishing to become more cultured and survive Spains advance through the land.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 1000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 26% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 20 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.3 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand another 5000 warships by 1600. Of those projects, 2670 ships have been built, while 1.1 million soldiers have been raised and trained. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. Free trade is practiced within China, with the Grand Canal and the Royal Road facilitating easy trade from Harbin to Lanzhou to Beijing to Guangzhou to Nanjing.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1574, Bavaria expands its economy. Due to the large amounts of land freed from Austria in the Second Franco-Austrian War, Queen Catherine sees an opportunity. Beginning in 1567, The Queen finalizes the petitioning the lords of Württemberg/Swabia for tribute and manpower, aiming to eventually vassalize them (Turn Eight of Eight (adding another three years due to the delay of the Treaty of Paris)). The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a son, whom they name Karl. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In global news, being influenced by a century of expansion and colonization, a large group of merchants at the Landshut Stock Exchange form the Bavarian Borealian Company (BBC), with the intent to one day colonize the western continent which has been the eye of many European powers for years. The formation of the BBC attracts the attention of several independent merchants in Landshut, Munchen, and Nurnburg, with several joining the ranks of the company. By August, seven months after the formation of the company, the topic of colonizations enters the Curia Bavaria. Most of the parliamentarians support colonizations, however, many are not willing to authorize funding for the risky projects, as funding could carry the possibility of large tax levies. If the colonization is a failure, then money would be wasted. Within a month, the Curia Bavaria rejects proposals made by the BBC. Although, Queen Catherine thinks differently. Knowing that colonies, anywhere in the world, would solidify Bavarian presence in Europe and would be an entry point into the Treaty of Westminster, Catherine sends letters of support to the top tiers of the BBC. After a week, she sends out seals of royal favor and an official charter to the same people, essentially tying the monarchy with the BBC. By years end, the BBC becomes a legal, royally-backed enterprise with an expanding treasury. Many expect deals to be made with the major colonizing powers in order to obtain fleet basing rights and possibly ship leasing. In other news, the treaty making process after the Hamburger war continues.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1574, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * In Mississippia, the latest wave of disease, which has killed about 30,000 people in Cahokia, is rampaging. The raids along the border have stopped after our little border war, and peace reigns over the nation. The aging Great Chief Christophe prepares to transition some powers to his son, Zacharie, who is a mediocre leader but is known to surround himself with the most educated Mississippians in the nation. The increasing trend of French-Mississippian marriage continues, and the population unknowingly becomes more and more immune to harsh European diseases. The medicine man school opens a new department dedicated to missionary studies, which have become increasingly important for the medicine men. They, along with traditional missionaries, continue to move into untamed lands of the Algonquin and Sioux. Notably, they work above Odawa and below Aksimiki with the native Cree peoples. Great Chief Christophe the Christian offers to Britannia to buy Aksimiki, and states that he would create a new confederate state of the lands. Jean-Frances Desjardin continues to oversee the reproduction of horses, and also sees the importation of newer breeds. A project is still underway to create the fastest and best enduring breed possible. Some Europeans continue to arrive in the nation; increasingly these immigrants are Greeks who are interested in economic gains. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. These navies are powered by native fishermen who also work with the military should the Great Chief decide he needs them. The Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) and Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1586) are both still under construction and completion is going along as is expected. The Confederate States of Cahokia, Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, and Santee expand their economies, while the states also undergo some expansion.
 * The Mississippian Confederation offers an NAP to the Roman Empire after years of positive trade agreements.
 * Netherlands: Enraged at the Timorian and Malaccan betrayal the defence of Sunda begins. (First off, I never converted locals, and I let them keep their old way of life. I control their political and economic system only and the troops who serve me are not with low morale. They are damn well paid. I've stated that several times XD. Also, I'd have naval dominance. I have like 150 ships in the east. My numbers of troops are about 20,000 - mostly Indian mercs I pay really, really well). Naval operations to crush the enemy ships begin. Efforts to get Bengali and Dutch allies into the war begin. Meanwhile, the Dutch begin raiding the Malaccan coastline. Re-inforcements in the form of 3000 veteran Dutch troops and 60 ships sre sent east to help crush the enemy invasion. Meanwhile, the East India Company offers bonuses to those who stay in the East Indian forces and to those who join up. Urdistan is requested to help in a leading role to fight against Timor and Malacca as payment for the constant support the Dutch have giving to the cause of Indian unification. The Guiana colony is expanded 40 pixels down the Amazon and New Rhine Rivers. (I have had the colony since 1522 so thats 50 years.)  Aid is also requested from Britannia, Scandinavia, Spain, and the theocracy in Japan due to old trade and alliance pacts. 
 * Vorlayacor: The military continues to train intensively; infantry and cavalry units work together in joint practice operations. Nov Xoryan and Machitonis expand their ports in anticipation of increased overseas trade. The national government reforms the tax system; all citizens must give a set amount of gold or silver each year. The bartering system is otherwise encouraged and is usually the preferred method of transaction for Vorlayacorans.
 * The Tartary continues to expand in Siberia. The pop and military grow. Paul continues the construction of the Holy Wisdom and the Great Library. The economy is developed.
 * Perm, Azov, Chernihiv, Bajkal, Bukhara, Khiva and Parthia expand their economies.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 47, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The recent wars and land purchases have taken their toll on the national budget, Vladimir begins to implement a plan that will reduce spending significantly. Meanwhile, the economy is shakily growing, as land development halts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Sophia, now 18, continues her education on manners of court, she is betrothed to a prince of the Tartars. The Prince and Sophia get married this year at a glorious ceremony. Dan Drăculești, now 10, begins learning of courts, and takes a position as a squire.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion is expanded by 9000 bringing the total strength to 10,000 men. They are armed like the rest of the Romanian Legions, with Pikes and Leverlock muskets.
 * Kiev: A Kievan Legion of 2500 is raised to keep the peace within Kiev, it receives the standard equipment of a Romanian legion. The military continues to become more professional. At the same time the economy continues to grow, albeit slowly with Romania in the middle of a crisis. The economy continues to expand.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. Troops and supplies are sent to aid the Urdus in their war and protect Roman property in that area. A colony ship bound for the colonies sails off course, and eventually reaches OTL Sable island. They get shipwrecked there. After a week or so, a naval scout ship from Atlantis finds them and brings them new supplies. The colonists eventually decide to stay, with some saying the shipwreck was destiny. As a few houses are built, farming and fishing become the only real occupations, and a governor is appointed as part of the Atlantis province. The Roman Empire happily accepts the pointy tree from Scandinavia. Aid in the form of supplies and volunteers are sent to the Dutch.
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads.  We hope for an economic boom in the future.  Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided  to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to install trusted people to manage key cities (mainly ' Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with  Mansurryia, Southern '  Persia's ' first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn.


 * Empire of Urdustan: فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha): Continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overwhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Muslims. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The plans for a colony are back on, and scouting merchant ships are searching for suitable locations. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1575
'''An 8.5 magnitude earthquake strikes Chile, causing severe floods. Few Spaniards die but many natives perish in the floods.'''

The Bubonic plague ravages the city of Venice, yet Venetian quarantines ease the blow somewhat.

'''The pointy tree goes to France. During its mounting in Paris, the tree falls over. Being made of swords, it kills two people. The king of France goes down for the record as saying the pointy tree was a very bad idea to begin with. Symbolic to the casualties of the war with Austria, but a very bad idea nonetheless. Despite the deaths, the pointy tree is washed of gore and remains on display in Paris.''' posted for MP Saturn (Talk/Blog) 00:00, July 27, 2014 (UTC)
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 32 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. Damascus now numbers 319,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 208,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda, now 4, begins to show signs of more political qualities rather than militaristic ones. We begin building ships in the Red Sea.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 73,000. The vassal continues centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Moderate  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 218,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 10,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Sancha Álvares de Celanova gives birth to a boy, who is named Afonso.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians finish crushing the now half-hearted rebellion, and the last ringleaders are publically put to death.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: We continue expansion 15 px north along the Cahokian border and 5 px north along the Roman Yamasee border.
 *  ​' Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,155,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. 'With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 97,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Large quantities of maps of the New World and others detailing the Imperial Sea have reached the city of Gdansk where they have been sent to the King’s Privy Council. Plans to begin the colonization of the lesser islands of the Imperial Sea shall begin in 1581 when enough volunteers have pledged to aid the Commonwealth in its goal and enough transport ships have been constructed. Shipyards in Gdansk begin to construct the transport vessels to be used by the company hired to colonize the lesser islands of the Imperial Sea. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. Troops stationed at the Russian border are still in a preparation stance. Cannons and other siege weapons continue to be stockpiled on the border. After twenty years since the start of its construction the Warsaw Citadel is finally completed, lying in the middle of the capital, backed toward the Vistula River, it will serve as the location for the seat of the government and house the royal the family. Several thousand troops loyal to the royal family are sent to station the fortress. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (6 turns). Military development continues with our navy constructing more vessels.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy ceases as Spain economy is expanding without it and the Real has become once again the previously dominant currency it was.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 10,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The Mapuche, however, see some minor immigration from those wishing to become more cultured and survive Spains advance through the land.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 1000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 317,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell his second painting to British king. Mon VI agrees to trade ivory to the British, and offers an exchange in literature (some |on poetry and novels going to Brittania and visa versa).
 * Egypt: Egypt asks all nations to re-sign the Philadelphi Pact, stating that if they do not, they will be barred from using the Philadelphi (Suez) Canal. Egypt waits for other nations to re-sign the pact. After the Civil War, Egyptian infrastructure is destroyed and a new infrastructure program is installed, rebuilding the nation step by step. A ten-year plan is put in place, starting with using the Philadelphi Canal to gain money, then we will build small huts for homeless families, repair buildings damaged during the war, and then start rebuilding our economy.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer Egypt trading rights. We encourage the recovering state of Egypt to embrace Islam.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start to increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. We offer more jobs and better pay to our citizens of our nation. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. Also we continue to make our own version of Arquebus.
 * Malacca: The Dutch counteroffensive goes with no signifigant gains. Meanwhile, we land on Sunda prepared to launch our own offensive. The Malaysians, confident, parade in the streets of Malacca in high hopes of throwing the threat of Dutch imperialism off their backs. Meanwhile, we work on our military. Dutch snaphaunces are completely replaced with the new and better Malaccan models. The Malaccan navy continues to grow.
 * Brunei: Works on military.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. Due to the receiveing of Britannic ships the navy has significantly improved. Croatia sends minor aid to Urdustan, sending 5000 soldiers and 20 ships.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed through the wood refineries and iron mines.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians who are unwilling to emigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Tartary: Continues military and economic development. Growth up the Ob, Yenisey and Lena rivers continues at a quite fast speed. As the population grows, so do the economy and military; great crops are produced this year, and more people are drafted into the military which is constantly refreshed and developed. The Bible and the Mastor-Ava are translated to Nivkh, and Mangut Nivkhgu begins to be influenced (Turn One of Three). The construction of the Church of Holy Knowledge continues, as does the great Library of Saray. Universities continue construction in several major cities of the nation.
 * News surprise the nobles of Parthia as a burgher appears on the court of the Bavandid Shahs, claiming to be a descendant of the Samanid Dynasty and the House of Mihran, and a devout Zoroastrian. He presents proof of his lineage to the court, and, although today it is considered a hoax, young Kurush is made Prince of Rayy, based around the city of Rayy/Tehran. The population grows and so does the economy. The military is developed quite rapidly.
 * Khiva: Continues heavy development in the nation. The road system is expanded, as is the economy and military. The population develops quite rapidly.
 * Azov: Begins economic development. Ozu-Cale develops quite rapidly. Heavy construction continues. The economy improves.
 * Chernihiv: Develops its military. The population grows as more Ukrainians leave for the nation. The economy and military are improved.
 * Bukhara: Continues connection to the new conquests, which improves the national economy. The military of Bukhara is heavily improved.
 * Bajkal: Develops its military and economy. The special, endemic creatures become more famous in the nation.
 * County of Oldenburg: Port infrastructure is worked on this year in both Oldenburg and abroad. The Jade Bay port facilities are revamped, the Neu Baltrum customs house is given a makeover, the Neu Borkum jetty is given replacement stumps, and the Jacqueline port is expanded to accomodate larger vessels. In Oldenburg, the Regent, the Prince-Bishop of Oldenburg, dies. Count Wilhelm appoints his brother Johannes as the new regent. Johannes arrives from Britannia in mid-March and is feted by the crowds. His German is perfect, and many believe he will prove to be an excessively capable regent. Neu Norderney expands 500 px south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: With the death of the Prince-Bishop, the Oldenburg-approved replacement is selected and rises to the episcopal throne. He is a great supporter of the university, and pours money and resources into it.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1575, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a son, whom they name Karl. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In dynastic new, Albert and Ingrid have a child, whom they name Therese-Katharina. In global news, the BBC continues to attract renown in Bavaria and makes several bold financial moves, including recruiting the support of Grand Duke Adalbert of Saxony. The Curia Bavaria still do not support the BBC. In April, several wealthy merchants of the BBC send delegates to the Hispanic Emperor, requesting fleet basing rights as well as the possibility to lease a maximum of five Hispanic ships. The delegation also explains to the Emperor that these naval rights and ships will help launch Bavarian presence in the New World and legitimize the BBC in the eyes of the Curia Bavaria. Should the Emperor comply, the BBC promise a share of the profits made from any settlement founded in the west.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1575, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine.
 * Netherlands: Enraged at the Timorian and Malaccan betrayal the defence of Sunda begins. (First off, I never converted locals, and I let them keep their old way of life. I control their political and economic system only and the troops who serve me are not with low morale. They are damn well paid. I've stated that several times XD. Also, I'd have naval dominance. I have like 150 ships in the east. My numbers of troops are about 20,000 - mostly Indian mercs I pay really, really well). Naval operations to crush the enemy ships begin. Efforts to get Bengali and Dutch allies into the war begin. Meanwhile, the Dutch begin raiding the Malaccan coastline. Re-inforcements in the form of 3000 veteran Dutch troops and 60 ships sre sent east to help crush the enemy invasion. Meanwhile, the East India Company offers bonuses to those who stay in the East Indian forces and to those who join up. Urdistan is requested to help in a leading role to fight against Timor and Malacca as payment for the constant support the Dutch have giving to the cause of Indian unification. The Guiana colony is expanded 40 pixels down the Amazon and New Rhine Rivers. (I have had the colony since 1522 so thats 50 years.)  Aid is also requested from Britannia, Scandinavia, Spain, and the theocracy in Japan due to old trade and alliance pacts. 
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to INSTALL trusted people to manage key cities (mainly 'Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with Mansurryia, Southern 'Persia's first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn.'
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 46, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is rescheduled to finish in 1576 due to the war in Anatolia. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 11, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional. A census in 1575 reveals that the population is roughly 935,000 of which 35% are Romanians.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * Vorlayacor: To comply with the new tax system, merchants scramble to assemble gold and silver. As a result, exports of iron, ironwork, pottery, and crops sharply increase. The gold and silver begin to trickle down to the less affluent sections of the population. The military continues its intense training program.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. Troops and supplies are sent to aid the Urdus in their war and protect Roman property in that area. A colony ship bound for the colonies sails off course, and eventually reaches OTL Sable island. They get shipwrecked there. After a week or so, a naval scout ship from Atlantis finds them and brings them new supplies. The colonists eventually decide to stay, with some saying the shipwreck was destiny. As a few houses are built, farming and fishing become the only real occupations, and a governor is appointed as part of the Atlantis province. The Roman Empire happily accepts the pointy tree from Scandinavia. Aid in the form of supplies and volunteers are sent to the Dutch.
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 26% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 20 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.3 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand another 5000 warships by 1600. Of those projects, 2670 ships have been built, while 1.1 million soldiers have been raised and trained. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. Free trade is practiced within China, with the Grand Canal and the Royal Road facilitating easy trade from Harbin to Lanzhou to Beijing to Guangzhou to Nanjing.

1576
''' Necromancy becomes more popular in central Antarctica. Though, nobody around the world is affected by this new incursion. '''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 32 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. Damascus now numbers 327,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 211,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda, now 6, begins to show signs of more political qualities rather than militaristic ones. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 75,000. The vassal continues centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next two years.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next two years.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Moderate  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next two years.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 222,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 10,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We ask our ally, Urdistan, to open colonies in Western India, and begin trading with the powers near the area, mainly Urdistan, to increase profits.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire slowly begins to crawl out of the economic crisis that the war with Austria has left it in. Loans from Ragusa have helped to ease the burderns facing the economy, and Theodore III has also reformed various economic regulations to ease through business and make tax collection more efficient. This is joined with a crackdown on monetary corruption in the court, with members being caught being forced to pay a fine. The offer of the Greeks in Anatolia is once again accepted, for several reasons. One, the increase in Imperial citizens would increase the tax base that funds can be raised. Two, pilgrimages to the Monastery of St John the Apostle and the House of Mary at Ephesus would increase imperial revenue as well. The Imperial Army moves 10,000 soldiers to the lands once again, figuring that the cost of such troops can be supported locally and the Greek militias will defend the rest. Supplies are also sent to help its ally Scandinavia defeat the Hamburgian forces in Northern Germany. Despite this, the Empire needs more funds to keep up with managing its costs, and so asks for loans from its allies. The offer of the Romanians is also accepted on the basis of needing more money in the treasury. With the economical situation handled for the year, Theodore III responds to the request of the Tatary, stating that Prince Thomas would be happy to marry Princess Anna and that Princess Maria is coming of age and needs a husband. Troops and supplies are sent to aid the Urdus in their war and protect Roman property in that area. A colony ship bound for the colonies sails off course, and eventually reaches OTL Sable island. They get shipwrecked there. After a week or so, a naval scout ship from Atlantis finds them and brings them new supplies. The colonists eventually decide to stay, with some saying the shipwreck was destiny. As a few houses are built, farming and fishing become the only real occupations, and a governor is appointed as part of the Atlantis province. The Roman Empire happily accepts the pointy tree from Scandinavia. Aid in the form of supplies and volunteers are sent to the Dutch.
 * Serbia: The Serbian military begins to learn new tactics like volley fire and rotating ranks from Roman officers, and over time most of the military is now competent in the tactic. The Serbian military is now capable of raising at least 50,000 men total.
 * ​Ragusa: The republic continues to offer funds to the Romans in order to preserve Roman protection. The Ragusan trade fleet continues to sail around the world to gather new trade goods.
 * Yamasee: The growth of cotton and other isolated cash crops continues, and such crops generate valuable income for the Empire'e economy, as well as draw in more immigrants. The colony expands inland 40 pixels.
 * Roanoke: The colony continues to grow cash crops like rice, cotton, tobacco, and hemp, all of which generate a healthy profit for the colony and the Empire. As the capital of Reme expands to a population of at least 1500, new buildings and defences are constructed. Immigration to the colony is healthy due to the rich profits of the cash crops. The colony expands north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Powhatan: As cash crops, namely tobacco, continue to be planted and grown, more and more colonists immigrate to the colony. The colony expands south and east by ten pixels each.
 * Bavarian Dip: Prince Franz-Albert (Aged 10) is available for marriage to Princess Maria. Prince Franz is the grandchild of Queen Catherine and the first child of current heir Prince Albert.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start to increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. We offer more jobs and better pay to our citizens of our nation. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. Also we continue to make our own version of Arquebus. A new religion called Jehovah Witness Orthodox is made when a priest called Jehovah Alexeyevich gets tired of the traditional Eastern Orthodox. This new religion is like Eastern Orthodox but, the workers of the church try and help people understand the bible by teaching them to read and write. Priest are more out there in society trying to preach the words of Jesus and God. There are not that many angels, but Jesus and God are the most important people that people pray to. The main holiday are still the same, but people's birthdays become important. Halloween becomes a holiday that people celebrate the raising of the dead, that Jesus performs. Eating the bread and drinking the wine is important, because every person wants to have a piece of Jesus in them to be healthier and some think with the bread and wine in their body that they can perform miracles like Jesus does. Every Sunday the priest says his prayer to a group of people at a church. All of these rules are writen in a book made by Jehovah. The first Curch is being built for this new religion. Propaganda is going around spreading the word to get more followers. The king and his family is the first to switch to this new religion and spread the word in Novgorod, by making speeches around the country. Jehovah becomes a famous person and a statue is made in his honor.
 * How exactly do you explain one priest starting a new religion on his own? And how do you explain this new religion being adopted by the people in a year? -Swank
 * Everything is in the writing Swanky, just read it. - Scarlet
 * Scar, you are asking for a revolt between these two groups (Jehovah Witness Orthodox and Eastern Orthodox). - Ed
 * In my opinion, I think that for all this to occur in one year is too fast. Callumthered (talk) 12:07, July 27, 2014 (UTC)
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: To properly gauge a more accurate number for our population and ethnic groups, and what is discovered is rather surprising. Initially thought that the non-Germanic to Germanic ratio to be about five-to-one (including Injuns) is now found to actually be seven-to-one in almost every area save for the German-only colony of Deautshinsel, making the total population of non-Germans to be about 10,500 [4000 'Injun', 500 Poles, 2000 Estonians, 3000 Lithuanians, and 1000 mixed (Determination between 'Injun' and 'mixed' is to have either blonde hair or blue eyes or must speak a European language at home)] compared to the population of Germans being 2000, making the total population about 12,050. Many census conductors when travelling to Injunlehens ("Injunfiefs") and isolated villages that there are some very influenced views on Christianity. Due to the large amount of pagan Lithuanians and Estonians who mixed with the un-Christian Injuns many communities have developed a new blend of pagan beliefs mixing Baltic paganism and Injun shamanism, and in other cases blending Westernism or Catholicism with one island of Deutschinsel or the capital of Neu Gdansk. The little good news on the cencus is that we found that many tribes were producing a significant amount of product under the Injunlahen system and owed the colonial administration much, resulting in a large input into the admninistrations funds. Due to the now-real possibility that the people could revolt for independance the colonial governor decides to hold a large poltical gathering and feast to talk about national issues and to celibrate union and brotherlyness, with the main dishes being prawns, turkey, and sauerkraut in what is to become a yearly event and also holiday known as Gathering Day. We expand north along the Cahokian border 15 px and 5 px along the Yamasee border.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Maps displaying the New World continue to be sent back to Gdansk where they then arrive in Warsaw to the king’s Privy Council. Shipyards in Gdansk have completed the ships needed to transport the families who have volunteered to help the Nowa Wspólnota Firma. Volunteers continue to move into Gdansk where they await the day where they will be sent to the Imperial Sea. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (Five Turns). With our heir at 20 and looking for a wife, we ask our neighbor, the Grand Duchy of Moscow if we can marry one of the Grand Duke’s daughters. Military development continues with our navy constructing more vessels.
 * Russian Diplomacy: We accept the offer of royal marriage, and wed Irina, daughter of the Grand Duke, to your heir.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy ceases as Spain economy is expanding without it and the Real has become once again the previously dominant currency it was. Hispania unable to ignore the request from the Netherlands agrees to help defend her territory organizing a warfleet of nearly 50 warships including one of the 366 gun flagships, and also assembled nearly 5000 troops from Spain to assist meeting up with the 2000 troops in the Philippines. In respects to Bavaria, the Emperor seeing an opportunity for a helpful German ally, and a helpful colonial ally agrees to the fleet basing rights as well as leasing of five standard colonial galleons (galleons suited only for colonizing, self defense and trade)
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps . The Nation of Italy helps along with Spain sending 2000 troops and another 25 warships to escort the transports and Spanish fleet.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa looking to expand her trade within Spain's empire and through to India and the Philippines declares alongside Italy and Spain sending 30 warships to escort the transports carrying nearly 2000 troops.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 10,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The Mapuche, however, see some minor immigration from those wishing to become more cultured and survive Spains advance through the land.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea. Philippines requests Spain to aid their forces to prevent issues from arising by the Netherlands colony from falling to Muslim troops
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total among all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations among all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Bavarian/Borealian Company Dip: Queen Catherine and several delegates from the BBC thank the Hispanic Emperor for his kind and friendly actions and will set sail later this year.
 * ​Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,177,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 100,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their militaries. The medical experimenting over the last 20 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.3 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment is finsihed, the full defensive army of nearly two million being put into effect, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand another 5000 warships by 1600. Of those projects, 2670 ships have been built, while 1.9 million soldiers have been raised and trained. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. Free trade is practiced within China, with the Grand Canal and the Royal Road facilitating easy trade from Harbin to Lanzhou to Beijing to Guangzhou to Nanjing.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 335,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell his second painting to British king. Mon VI agrees to trade ivory to the British, and offers an exchange in literature (some |on poetry and novels going to Brittania and visa versa).
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up under the watchful eye of Regent Johannes. He decides to create an elite cavalry regiment known as the Regent's Guards. Compared to the rest of Oldenburg's cavalry, they are quite heavy, with breasplates and lobster-tailed pot helmets. Johannes combines them with the infantry Comital Guards into the "Household Guards Division". In other news, Neu Norderney expands 500 px south along the coast.
 * ​Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Students in the university begin writing poems, plays and short bits of prose for their own entertinment. Some of the better ones catch the eyes of the professors, who decide they are worthy of being sent away to be printed.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairs. In the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humantiarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. After several years abroad, Emperor William comes home to a large welcome and fanfare,The L'nu are now reorganised into a separate vassal nation. Britannia declares full support for the Dutch and sends a large fleet of near 50 ships, with a near total of 20,000 soldiers to help our Dutch brothers.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrive to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. Property of Austrians who are unwilling to emigrate are nationalized and a reasonable amount of money is given to the Austrians who were unwilling to sell their property before leaving. The focus this year is on the military.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 47, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The 50 ships are completed and 50 caracks are sold to counter the costs. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 12, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional. A census in 1575 reveals that the population is roughly 935,000 of which 35% are Romanians.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to INSTALL trusted people to manage key cities (mainly 'Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with Mansurryia, Southern 'Persia's first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn.'
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1575, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In other news, Prince Albert and Princess Ingrid have a son, whom they name Karl. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In dynastic new, Albert and Ingrid have a child, whom they name Johann. In global news, the BBC launch their first voyage into the New World in early February. Using the advantages of the Hispanic ships and fleet basing rights, most of the BBC fleet have a relatively pleasant journey. The first three months of the journey are spent getting across the Atlantic ocean, where the BBC fleet undergo a month of repairs and rests in Morelia. After that, the fleet take two months travelling down the coast of eastern Hesperia, where three weeks are spent in New Spain for more repairs and the like. It is at this time, in mid- July, that several Bavarian colonists and traders come down with scurvy and other vitamin deficiencies. Although fatalities are low, morale is crushed and the general mood on several of the ships is cloudy. By August, the fleet sail around the southern tip of Hesperia, thus entering the Pacific ocean. The fleet make several more stops along the way, eventually arriving at the southern reaches of Borealia. A whole month is dedicated to final repairs at the Hispanic colony of New Granada. During the final leg of the journey, the BBC fleet reach the cooler climates of northern Borealia. While not setting up a colony, several ranking BBC members on the journey claim the land they discovered. They then discovering the coasts of a large island, and travel up the large inlet northward, claiming more land as they go. The year ends with the official BBC proclamation of the Colony of Neu Bayern (New Bavaria) (OTL Nanaimo, British Columbia).
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1576, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Lusatia is released as a vassal and established under the Brandenburgian Habsburgs, who fled following the invasion of Brandenburg.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The vassalization of Selebar is finished and the nation becomes a vassal of Scandinavia. In the meantime, King Nikolaus I travels to Regesburg to sign the Second Treaty of Regesburg. On his way, he catches a disease in the deplorable conditions in post-war Hamburg. He dies after two months of being bedridden. The new joke amongst Scandinavians is that Hamburg's filth is more dangerous than its cannons. His son, Markus, becomes king of Scandinavia.
 * Brandenburg The military is reorganized to accommodate Scandinavian arms and tactics. Training begins for new recruits as forts are reopened or rebuilt.
 * Finland: Expansion into uninhabited territory resumes
 * Greater Ingria: The war with Hamburg continues as Ingria sends troops to the war effort.
 * Iceland: The war effort continues as Iceland sends ships to reinforce the Scandinavian Fourth and Fifth fleets.
 * Karelia: Expansion into Saami territory resumes, Karelia expanding by 3500 sq km this year.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding, shipping lanes resuming by the end if the year, albeit patrolled heavily.
 * Pomerania: The military, especially the navy, is reorganized to accommodate for Scandinavian equipment and tactics. The war with Hamburg continues.
 * New Gotland: This vassal becomes even closer to the Scandinavian culture that dominates the area. The militia is improved.
 * Schleswig: The war with Hamburg continues as Schleswig sends troops into Holstein.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The militia is improved.
 * Vinland: The vassalization of the Mohicans becomes talk of the colony. The colony wonders whether or not the Mohicans will join Vinland or become a new vassal completely. Either way, Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The militia is expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Vinland: The vassalization of the Mohicans becomes talk of the colony. The colony wonders whether or not the Mohicans will join Vinland or become a new vassal completely. Either way, Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The militia is expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1577
''' The nations of Hispania, Britannia, and the Netherlands gather in their respective Asian territories, mulling over the decision to counterattack in Sunda against an enemy with a major foothold on the island. '''

''' The economies of various states involved in the war against Austria begin to slowly but surely recover with the less affected states beginning to gain back their full power. '''

''' Conversions in the Colorado Christian mission of New Galicia are reacted to in a myriad of ways with many converted and many pagans retreating further north to avoid the Spanish forces in the Southern areas. '''

''' Hispania gets the pointy tree this year! '''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 34 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. Damascus now numbers 333,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 218,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda, now 8, begins to show signs of more political qualities rather than militaristic ones. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. We open up two new yet small colonies in Western Vijay near the other, Britannica, Spanish, and Dutch colonies, we begin trading with them. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.4 million.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 78,000. The vassal continues centralization and soon will be merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next year
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next year.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Large  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We will merge into the Sultanate in the next year.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 226,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 10,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Infrastructure is expanded to repair the damage to the city. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We ask our ally, Urdistan, if they require military support or economic support.
 * Sultanate of Timor: The wheat surplus continued to increase and spices were sold to the Dutch merchants but no more because war had begun. The population was booming and many mosques were built for the people to worship in. The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build but no more because war have begun and we are buying Urdustan warships. A great majority of Marrikuwuyangan warships were present at Timor with most of them having more than 40 cannons present. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion. Many ships carrying soldiers, priests and farmers arrive at South West Guinea to settle in the region. The natives of Guinea who try to oppose the Marrikuwuyanga are attacked and enslaved although those that convert to Islam are spared. At least 83% of the people had converted to Islam by now. With the Yadaist forces having finally surrendered, the Timorid marched into mainland Marrikuwuyanga where the people greeted the Timorids as heroes. The remaining members of the Supreme Council were all captured and executed, and the people were informed about the lies of Yadaism, and introduced to Islam. Our relations with the Dutch and public sentiment regarding Dutch deteriorates slightly. We start to vassalize the lower Sunda islands surrounding or near Timor (Turn Five of Six). The interim government is overthrown by the heir to the throne Yagan Gulpilil and his trusted his, Mutah. With the recent victory over the Dutch in Sunda, the Timorid Sultanate request the nations of Mataram Sultanate, Tulang Bawang, Aceh, Aru, Siak, Pagaruyang, Selebar, Bone, Tidore, Kutai, Makassar and Negara Dipa to recognise the new liberated state and also aid the state in developing its infrastructure and economy. The leaders of these states are all sent letters where they are told that after the Muslim states of Timor and Malacca joined hands, they were able to bring down the mighty Dutch who had established a hegemony in the region and everyone was afraid of. This certainly showed the power of the Muslims when they are united and determined and this unity could also exist in the East Indies. The leaders of those states were requested to set aside all differences and join hands to expel any foreign state that attempts to attack the East Indies ever again just like unity once existed when we revolted against the Ayutthaya. [Mod Response Needed] Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * State of Tapu: The fighting had finally ended and the people of Tapu celebrated for peace had been brought back to their lands. Islam had already been introduced to the people and it had spread like lightning through the people for indeed, the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist military fell to the Muslim army and many people accepted Islam. A great number of temples and idols were brought down and replaced with mosques. War ends and peace has returned Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Marrikuwuyanga: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. A university that had been built a few years ago was utilised by people to study and learn. After extensive work on developing the living standards of the people since the time of Emperor Benelong Gulpilil, the Emperor had successfully managed to replace almost all of Marrikuwuyangan grass huts with either mud huts (36%) or mud brick houses (64%). Despite suffering heavy losses and still not surrendering, the people revolted against the authority and broke into the Royal Palace where the 12 year old Emperor Dosuririri Gulpilil was lynched by a mob and the Supreme Council members were all captured. The Timorid forces were allowed to march to the war-time Capital and the people proclaimed allegiance to the true Emperor Yagan Gulpilil. Islam was introduced to the people, and many accepted it because the Yadaist Gods had proved helpless whilst the Yadaist army suffered heavy losses to the Muslims. War ends and peace has returned. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Gini (Guinea): Immigrants from Timor continued to settle at South - East Guinea [10 px] and were protected from the tribes of Guinea by a small force of 100 men, equipped with spears and firearms. Indeed, not all the tribes were hostile to the Timorid immigrants and with the help of some, the people of Timor were able to learn how to grow various crops not found on Australia and were also able to learn about the history of the island, of how it had been previous enslaved by the Majapahit. With the war with the Yadaist over, the settlement at Gini continued to spread and Muslim missionaries were sent to different parts of Gini. War ends and peace has returned. Eco Turn and Mil Turn.
 * Mudbarra: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Many men were hired as mercenaries for the assassination of various tribesmen. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on the rise. War ends and peace has returned. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Gurindji: Extensive work on developing Gurindji continued. Plans were being made to construct a University for the people. Meanwhile, a large military camp had been constructed for the training of many men. Yadaism has large fallen while Islam is on a rise. War ends and peace has returned. Mil Turn and Eco Turn.
 * Vorlayacor: The nation expands by 20 pixels all across its northwestern border, and the military continues training. Expansion and increased international trade also boost the economy;  this profit goes into more gold and silver flowing into the possession of normal citizens as they work to comply with the new tax system. Vorlayacor's population rises over 600,000. There is a notable rise in Portuguese-Vorlayacoran couples, particularly near the border. As a result of this, Christianity grows significantly more popular.
 * Scandinavian Empire: With the war in Hamburg drawing to a close, King Markus tends to the needs of the Scandinavian economy. The vassalization of Siak begins (Turn One of Three), boosting the Scandinavian economy. Revenue from trade deals is collected and Scandinavia issues several taxes to pay for the two costly wars. Markus is most happy over his acquisition of the Scandinavian throne.
 * Brandenburg: The economy is reorganized to accommodate Scandinavian arms and tactics. Training begins for new recruits as forts are reopened or rebuilt.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Selebar: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities. Tragically King Karl IV dies in his sleep and is replaced by his eldest daughter as Queen Sophia I.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: As the border with the Cahokian sphere grows the colonial administration is obviously upset by the boxing-in of New Pomerania. To help deal with frustration with the help of allied-Natives we begin launching raids into Mississipian lands in a descrete fashion, taking as many as we can prisoner and selling the adults throughout the Imperial as slaves whereas all children under the age of 12 are to be kept and sent to Western-run missions to get a church education and are then freemen once adulthood is reached. This year we manage to launch eight raids totalling about 900 captured, about 750 of which are adults and as a result sold. A new program is launched to send liberal Western priests to take note of general beliefs in pagan regions and convert some along the way, this program is to be finished in three years. We expand 15 px north on the Cahokian border and 5 px north on the border of Roman Yamasee.


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Maps displaying the New World continue to be sent back to Gdansk where they then arrive in Warsaw to the king’s Privy Council. Volunteers continue to move into Gdansk where they await the day where they will be sent to the Imperial Sea. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (four Turns). Irina and heir Prince Casimir III get married in Warsaw. A month later they had a son who has been named Sigismund I. Due to coming of age, King Józef Szczuka has died due to unknown reasons (Real reason was heart attack; I don’t really know if 16th century folk would know about this). At the age of 46, he was buried in the middle of Warsaw, where a spire will be built over his body. His funeral was extraordinary as hundreds of thousands of Poles, Lithuanians, Ruthenians and others go to Warsaw where they attend his public funeral. This monument which will be called the Warsaw Spire, will be completed in five to six years. The Interrex of the General Sejm soon took power of the Commonwealth for a day until Prince Casimir III, 21, was soon crowned King of Poland, Grand Duke of Lithuania, Duke of Masovia, and Duke of Slovakia. Casimir promises to continue his father’s legacy of creating a greater Commonwealth for all peoples and continuing his works. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispanian Dip: Hispania requests that the final Canary Island be turned over to Hispania as per an old agreement.
 * French Dip: The Kingdom of France agrees the releasing of Saint Marie d'Africa
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1577, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In colonial news, the BBC officially establish the colony of Neu Bayern, where it expands  350  250 sq km southward along the coast, toward mainland Borealia,  and 400 sq km northward along the coast.  The colony is located at OTL Nanaimo, British Columbia. The first settlement and port of the colony is founded on the shores of the island, which the settlers name Katharinas-Hafen, after Queen Catherine. The city is founded in early May, and is a relief to many of the settlers and merchants who have been suffering under grueling conditions on ships during the journey. As the year progresses, several merchants and settles explore the rest of the island. The most notable feature of the island are the towering conifers and evergreens, which seem to reach the heavens and stab the clouds themselves. In June, several of the BBC proclaim the island to be named Wilhelmsbaum Insel (William's Tree Island). It is named after the Queen's third son, Wilhelm. The same month, letter is sent to Bavaria to notify the Queen of the colony's success. The letter requests that she also employ a viceroy or governor to oversee the colony's continual foundation, and to ensure further success if possible. The letter is expected to reach Bavaria in the spring of next year, 1578.
 * Only 250 px of expansion for the first five years no matter what. -Feud
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. Work on the Parliamentary House is completed this year. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1577, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Grand Duke Adalbert dies this year, and his son, also named Adalbert, ascends to the throne. He takes the name of Adalbert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia. Within a year, the colony establishes its first settlement, port, and capital, which is named Katharinas-Hafen. The island is named Wilhelmsbaum Insel. Upon foundation, small houses, wells, orchards, and farms are built, set up, or seeded. A viceroy has yet to be appointed by Queen Catherine. However, it is expected to occur next year once word has reached Bavaria that a colony was established. 11 settlers die this year, unfortunately, due to disease or a lack of food. The colony expands 350 sq km south, and another 400 sq km north. 
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Egypt: Year Two of the Ten Year Plan passes by. Egypt asks for some time to consider the Damascan's offer. Egypt introduces conscription and starts building relations with outside nations. Once again, Egypt asks all nations to reaffirm their signature of the Philadelphi Pact. All nations may pass through the canal, but Egyptian officials must be allowed to inspect the cargo in case of dangerous items. All which do not comply to the inspections will be held at the canal until they allow the inspections. We ask a 1% tax of all cargo on ships passing through the canal. If you are European or an Egyptian ally, almost anything can pass through the canal and you are exempt from inspections, and taxes are 0.5%
 * Judea: A five year plan of building a place of worship surrounding the rock where Solomon built his temple commences.
 * Aiguptia: The Muslim population slowly begins regrouping, albeit small at first. The Christian victors do not allow for this. They make it unlawful to have unauthorised groups of people greater than three people, but this seems to be more toward Muslims than Christians.
 * You do not own Judea. It is owned by the Damascan Sultanate and named Palestine.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy ceases as Spain economy is expanding without it and the Real has become once again the previously dominant currency it was. Hispania along with the Netherlands and Britannia launches the counterattack on Sunda Causing major damage and retaking the small portion of the island held by muslim forces.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps . The Nation of Italy helps along with Spain sending 2000 troops and another 25 warships to escort the transports and Spanish fleet.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa looking to expand her trade within Spain's empire and through to India and the Philippines declares alongside Italy and Spain sending 30 warships to escort the transports carrying nearly 2000 troops.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 10,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The Mapuche, however, see some minor immigration from those wishing to become more cultured and survive Spains advance through the land.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea. Philippines requests Spain to aid their forces to prevent issues from arising by the Netherlands colony from falling to Muslim troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total among all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations among all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 335,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell his second painting to British king. Mon VI agrees to trade ivory to the British, and offers an exchange in literature (some |on poetry and novels going to Brittania and visa versa). It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity.
 * County of Oldenburg: With the regional economy improving, the Banks are more willing to make investments. Many prospective settlers to Neu Norderney take out loans to pay their passage and to buy a plot of land in the colony. The loans have low interest rates, and the Jade Bank branch in Jacqueline accepts money or goods as payment. The Episcopal and foreign banks focus more on infrastructure investment, both at home and in the colonies. Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The stories, plays and poems the university sent away last year to be printed return as one hundred bound books. They are sold to students, staff anbd the general public, with a copy being given to the Prince-Bishop, Regent Johannes and Count Wilhelm in Britannia. The book is mainly lighthearted in tone, although there are one or two tragic tales of love. The Prince-Bishop enjoys the book immelsely, and orders an annual play festival to be held in the town. The plays must be written and performed by students for the benefit of the whole town. The first festival will be held next year around midsummer.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand I asks for a military alliance with the County of Oldenburg to ensure their mutual protection in an aggressive invasion of the Holy Roman Emperor. His first cousin Lothar von Habsburg of Brandenburg, currently in exile in Lusatia, personally travels to Oldenburg and aks for a personal alliance as well between the Oldenburgian rulers and the Brandenburgian Habsburgs, believing that such an alliance would strengthen ties with German states in the north. As father in law of William, Emperor of Britannia, Lothar also believes the alliance will bring forth a new era of cooperation between Britannia, Oldenburg, and his domain.
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being built. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources for our homes. We start to farm more land. In each of our cities we start to modernize them to be like European cities. We start to increase the population of our people by asking people to make more babies. We offer more jobs and better pay to our citizens of our nation. Our port cities start to become bigger with the reconstruction of our ports to fit more ships. Also we continue to make our own version of Arquebus. The new religion Jehovah Witness Orthodox is now being liked by 10% of the population of people that live in Novgorod. Jehovah Alexeyevich and his followers go to Poland, Scandinavia, Prussia to spread the new religion. The first Curch continuing to built for this new religion. Propaganda is going around spreading the word to get more followers. The king and his family spread the word of this new religion in Novgorod, by making speeches around the country. Jehovah becomes a famous person and a statue is made in his honor. There are over 150 books with all the stuff about this new religion being made by the printing press. Missionaries are happening all over the country and in other countries next to us.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Netherlands: Enraged at the Timorian and Malaccan betrayal the defence of Sunda begins. (First off, I never converted locals, and I let them keep their old way of life. I control their political and economic system only and the troops who serve me are not with low morale. They are damn well paid. I've stated that several times XD. Also, I'd have naval dominance. I have like 150 ships in the east. My numbers of troops are about 20,000 - mostly Indian mercs I pay really, really well). Naval operations to crush the enemy ships begin. Efforts to get Bengali and Dutch allies into the war begin. Meanwhile, the Dutch begin raiding the Malaccan coastline. Re-inforcements in the form of 3000 veteran Dutch troops and 60 ships sre sent east to help crush the enemy invasion. Meanwhile, the East India Company offers bonuses to those who stay in the East Indian forces and to those who join up. Urdistan is requested to help in a leading role to fight against Timor and Malacca as payment for the constant support the Dutch have giving to the cause of Indian unification. The Guiana colony is expanded 40 pixels down the Amazon and New Rhine Rivers. (I have had the colony since 1522 so thats 50 years.)  Counterattack is undertaken in Sunda against the muslim coalition
 * Copy post for NK (coincidentally ill be posting as the netherlands for the duration of him being gone) -Feud
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 48, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 13, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well..
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels).
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth Diplomacy: We ask to renew our alliance with Romania.
 * Romania accepts the defensive alliance.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. The focus this year is on the economy.
 * The Tartary continues eastward expansion. The population, economy and military are developed. Mangut Nivkhgu continues influence.
 * Khiva, Bukhara, Parthia, Bajkal, Chernihiv, Azov and Perm all develop their economies.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to INSTALL trusted people to manage key cities (mainly 'Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with Mansurryia, Southern Persia's first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. In the same area, Roman troops and supplies take part in the war in India, although the Empire does not commit to a full declaration of war. A fleet of ships also takes part, attacking Indian vessels. Local militias and mercs also take part supporting the Urdus. In Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. In Phoenicia, the region has become stable enough for it to be elevated to that of an Archonate, and a Grance Prince of Phoenicia is crowned.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Yamasee: The colony continues to expand north and inland by 20 pixels each as the war with Hamburg ends and the colony of New Hamburg is dissolved. Most of the Germans there are steadily deported, although those that remain are mainly those that were not from Hamburg. The Roman military garrison there is deployed to maintain order while others immigrate in. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely cotton.
 * Roanoke: The colony expands inland by 10 pixels and south by 10 pixels. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely rice, tobacco, cotton, hemp, and indigo.
 * Powhatan: The colony continues to expand east by 20 pixels to help secure the region. More colonists travel there as the cash crop boom continues, namely tobacco in this region.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Lusatia is released as a vassal and established under the Brandenburgian Habsburgs, who fled following the invasion of Brandenburg.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Grand Duke Vasily IV dies, leaving rule of the Grand Duchy jointly in command of his daughter Irina as queen, and Casimir Szczuka III of Poland-Lithuania. Their first son Sigismund is pronounced heir to the throne.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Kiev: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * ​Tawatinsuyu: Military improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,200,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 103,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 103,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Economy improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.


 * Pskov arsenal makes lots more ships, and economic prosperity makes possible many innovations and science and whatnot.

1578
'''Novgorodian nobles launch a rebellion against the government, angered by the forceful conversion to a new, seemingly pointless religion. The prince of Novgorod, who had in effect been operating as a dictator following his closure of the senate, is killed in a violent coup led by former senators, government officials and military leaders. A civil war begins, with the dictator's family fleeing to Kostroma, and much of the nation declaring support for the rebels. A monarchist faction loyal to the former Tsar of Russia also gains some support, as a third party in the conflict.''' Aleppo all over again …

'''In the Torres Strait, TS control over the their Cape York and Papuan colonies increases as more Islanders move to the new territories. Many native Cape Yorkers and Papuans are enslaved to work on banana farms.'''

The pointy tree goes to Bavaria this year!


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the official Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate sends support to the Safavids, to fight them, and to Anatolia to help the rebels and convince them to join back into the sultanate. Sulimen II now at the age of 35 begins training to become a regent sultan, and takes over in Kurdistan. Sulimen takes charge of the Damascan Sultanate. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. Damascus now numbers 342,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Antioch's population grows to 221,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with other royal families. Sulimen III is passed on command of the Imperial forces in Anatolia, and begins aiding the rebels, to fight the Imperial Roman influences. With our new lands in Persia, we begin expanding their infrastructure, in order to build a strong industry and forts and towns. Centralization begins. The people begin rallying to Islam. Arabs and Turks alike, although on somewhat neutral terms seem to be getting along. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. With the royal family hanged, the vassal begins establish Sulimen II as its new ruler who sees over the large new land in Persia. The infrastructure expands. Centralization begins. Soldiers continue pushing into Safavid lands. With loss of land in Anatolia, the only vassals still under firm control are Diyabakir and the Karamanian Sultanate. Ankara begins slipping out of the Sultans grasp, more military troops are sent to reinforce the Turks and Arabs which reside there, and fight back any Roman-Greek influence. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen is elected the new Sultan of the UIN. A meeting is set up in Baghdad, and a council vote in Damascus. Damascus is declared the new trading capital for the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda, now 9, begins to show signs of more political qualities rather than militaristic ones. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. We open up two new yet small colonies in Western Vijay near the other, Britannica, Spanish, and Dutch colonies, we begin trading with them. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.5 million. The two new colonies are named Dijakkadir and Bubuddahla. We take over our land in Yemen mainly being three different city-states. The northern one near the border: Yeminda, the southern city-state Aleppraqht, and the one farthest away, Jivadier. We take over the Roman Empire's old colonies in Somalia and Eritrea. They were abandoned and now occupied by Damascan forces.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman finally pushes the last of the Greeks out and into Izmir and Burdur. More Arabs flock to Karaman. Military expands as a small city is beginning to form in Karaman, it is called by Kabubekr. It boasts a number of around 79,000. The vassal continues centralization and merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal sends more support to Ankara in order for it to not slip into rebel hands. Military is expanded, and troops are sent to Ankara to kill any Greek or a few Turkic rebels which would force the state to question itself. More Turks flock to the Tartary, as more Arabs are slowly moved into Diyabakir. The region merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. Turks go to the Tartary.  Large  amounts of Arabs move into Ankara.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 228,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. Sultan Sulimen sends his brother, Sulimen II in with an army of 10,000 Janissaries to fortify the city, and ensure no more chaos or fighting takes place. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city.As the city has close to fully been repaired, the military is expanded training muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We expand 2 px inland. We begin trading with the Spanish, British, and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy is expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy is expanded. We expand 2 px inland.
 * Yeminda: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam. We extend trading rights and an alliance request with Yemen in return for land and ports in Yemen.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We ask our ally, Urdistan, if they require military support or economic support. We invite the new emerging Yemenese Sultanate to join the UIN. We also extend to them trading rights throughout all the UIN nations in return for land and ports in Yemen.
 * Yemenite Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhl is declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan is keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sulatante of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrives to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he is considered a saint by the poor people. He orders the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who are passing through and orders an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tries his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gives order that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he is willing to join the military or not. This move is taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaims the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population have a home to live in. Infra and Eco Turn 
 * Yemenite - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan is thankful to the Damascan Sultan, Sulimen II for his invitation to join the UIN and accepts the invitation. He also sends a basket full of dates to the Sultan as a gift.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * ​Tawatinsuyu: Econmy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,211,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 105,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. MIlitary improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities. The Prussians execute the missionaries from Novgorod.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: We continue to launch slave raids into Misssissipia territory, this year launching 11, capturing 1200 - 250 of which are young enough to be kept and the rest are sold on the Imperial market, mostly to Roman colonies, though some are sold to certain privateers or are given as payment. We continue siphoning much of the Imperial trade into our ports, with our major ports (and some of the only places in the oclony where German is the most commonly spoken) being Neu Gdansk in OTL St Augustine, and Blitzburg in OTL Port St Lucie, and then the strategic but smaller ports of Freihafen (where almost no German is spoken) and Deutschinsel (which is growing quickly considering the Hamburger and Austrian colonists fleein Roman/Italian rule) in the Scheiteswasser Archipelago which is in OTL the Bahamas. We continue or studies of the heathenous beliefs of our "Inlanders" prior to a planned program of conversion and teaching, and so we begin producing large quantaties of the Bible in German in preparation. The mostly-uncolonized and mostly-untouched Scheiteswasser has become a haven for pirates and "privateers," as a result we begin to launch a cartographic mission to properly map the islands and known pirate hot spots, as well as gauge the general amount of pirates. The ships planned for this voyage are exclusivley some of the privateers we hire that use this area as a haven. We expand 15px north on the Cahokian border and 5px north on the Roman border.
 * Muscovite Diplomacy: We ask for a military alliance with the nation of Prussia.
 * Prussian Diplomacy: The Prussians accept the Muscovite offer.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy is drastically improved by deals from Indonesian nations, namely Selebar and Majaphit. Scandinavia begins the Scandinavian Spice Company in Selebar. The company begins to profit from the war in Sunda, spice and gold flowing to Scandinavia. This also has the side effect of improving Scandinavian cuisine amongst the aristocrats in the House of Halvar. Scandinavia works to vassalize Siak (Turn Two of Three). A fortress is built on Palau Siberut to protect the fledgling Scandinavian Spice company. The missionaries from Novgorod are banned from entering 'centers of population with more than 50 people'. They all die of exposure.
 * Brandenburg The economy is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Selebar: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: After reaches out in the Ruthenian region of the nation that Jehovah missionaries sent by Novgorod have crossed the borders, they were quickly driven out of the nation or killed. Homes of these missionaries have been burned down by Catholics, Muslims and those who also practice Eastern Orthodox after they have attempted to impose this new religion among our eastern populace. Sightings of crucifixions and live burnings have been reported in the east. By the end of January at least 120 missionaries from Novgorod are killed or are branded as a Jehovah and left to die in the streets of our nation. During the month of March all of the missionaries have been killed or driven out of the nation. Because of this tragic event to happen in our nation, Casimir III, King of Poland, Grand Duke of Lithuania, Grand Duke of Moscow, Duke of Slovakia, Duke of Silesia and Duke of Masovia sends a strongly worded letter to the administration of Novgorod. The letter states: "Our government has been deeply saddened by the actions of Novgorod for attempting to cause severe instability within our nation. Such as the intention of converting others in our Commonwealth, the indirect attempt of causing revolts and the indirect attempt of inciting religious insurrection within our borders. Because of this, the General Sejm has unanimously voted for the aid of rebels within Novgorod's sovereign boundaries by sending weapons, food, water, money and volunteers. Following this includes the declaration of war upon Novgorod and the military aid to the rebels." 100,000 troops that were stockpiled across the border during Novgorod’s war of independence flood across the border with siege weaponry, pontoon bridges and cannons. King Casimir III asks his wife, Grand Duchess of Moscow Irina to aid in this conflict. News of the war and the recent events of Novgorod’s actions spread across the nation rapidly. Among the 8.2 million people that live within the Commonwealth, about 300,000 soon apply for military roles to aid our stance in the conflict. Novgorodian merchants in Gdansk and across the Commonwealth were soon confiscated of their goods by order of the King and the General Sejm. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (3 turns). Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Muscovite Diplomacy: We declare war on Novgorod to aid Poland-Lithuania.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in northwestern Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 354,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell his second painting to British king. Mon VI agrees to trade ivory to the British, and offers an exchange in literature (some |on poetry and novels going to Brittania and visa versa). It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity.
 * British Dip: Emperor William loved the first painting so much that he orders a second. Britannia accepts the cultural exchange and sends a few leather bound tomes called the Faerie Tales of the Brothers Gramm (OTL Brothers Grimm).
 * In the Mississippian Confederation, much progress toward westernizations is made. Great Chief Christophe the Christian dies of old age, and his son, Zacharie, is crowned Great Chief at the Epic Flying Serpent Mound in Cahokia. Zacharie's cadre of advisers assist him in the running of the nation, which he is only mediocre at alone. His team works to bridge the gap between Algonquin and Sioux and Mississippian, converting the two non-Mississippian cultures into a culture that is fully Mississippian. The spread of French Catholicism, as a result of the missionaries and medicine men, help to create this common bond. The mixing of French and Mississippian blood produces more and more children who are resilient against deadly European diseases. The practice of giving Christian names is rising significantly. Émeric Desjardin, with his father's approval, begins to transform the medicine man school into the University of Cahokia. The process is a slow one, but he is sure that it will improve the quality of life of all Mississippians. So far, there are to be three schools - Natural Science, Theology and Medicine. Missionary activity in Aksimiki is extremely high, and it is active in the region between Aksimiki and Odawa. The reproduction of horses and the storage of food is overseen by Jean-Frances Desjardin, and the breeding program is quite successful always making faster horses. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. The Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) and Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1586) are both still under construction and completion is going along as is expected. The Confederate States of Cahokia, Moundville, Etowah, Parkin, Odawa, Santee, and Aksimiki expand their economies, while the states also undergo some expansion.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Parliament engages in a vote to annex Lombardy and her vassals into the Empire and continues the occupation. With the war coming to a close, Hispania and her empire transfer relics requested by the Romans to Constantinople. The Spanish fleet is also at a solid 500 warships as well with many being war galleons, and frigates with more upgrades being made more periodically. The Colonial Expansion act is expanded to include New Granada which as a recent but heavily expanding colony requires the extra funding. With the expansion of the Hispanian bank to all colonies, and the Protectorate of Inca the investments begin to flow out into the empire investing in the expansion of colonial infrastructure, expansion of colonial economies, and expansion of the most profitable Colonial industries. The Empire itself begins to show healthier signs of recovery as many people are put to work in building the wall, agriculture, and other industries as well. This begins show an upward trend in employment in Spain but is also stimulated by some subsidies given to people that wish to go to colonies to set up there. The Colonial expansion act has increased the amount of settlers leaving for protectorates and colonies each year with population growth in Spain being stunted due to this. The Hispanian economy, however, is boosted by the increases in shipbuilding for trade, expansion of cash crops for trade, the large scale developments in Spain of cities growing larger and supporting more work, and the expansion of many jobs throughout the empire. The Empire itself, however, begins importing raw material from colonies to meet demands for the full scale replacement for weapons and the growing military industry in Spain. The gold and silver influx into Spain's economy ceases as Spain economy is expanding without it and the Real has become once again the previously dominant currency it was. Hispania presides over the Treaty of Manila between the belligerent powers over Sunda.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are put under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war. The walls is partially funded by all the capable Italian states and is expected to be done within eight years due to fortifications already existing in the many mountain passes, and the relatively easy way the Italian walls could be finished in the Alps . The Nation of Italy helps along with Spain sending 2000 troops and another 25 warships to escort the transports and Spanish fleet. The Kingdom of Italy begins evaluating its ability to start up a colony (this is allowed by the rules).
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa looking to expand her trade within Spain's empire and through to India and the Philippines declares alongside Italy and Spain sending 30 warships to escort the transports carrying nearly 2000 troops.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo, unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes, abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 10,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The Mapuche, however, see some minor immigration from those wishing to become more cultured and survive Spains advance through the land.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized colorado territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px  The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. The Colony begins to grow tobacco in the upper regions of the colony justy north of Buenos Aires as a result of the diversification demanded by Spain. The money income from this for the private growers leaves nobody complaining, however. The attack on Buenos Aires leaves many shaken. However, the veterans of the Uruguay campaign find out relatively easily that they were one of the final large bands of hostile rogue natives in the area and they manage to pursue the others and force a surrender or offer an agreement to go live in Vorlyacor rather than be subject to Spanish Colonialism.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea. Philippines requests Spain to aid their forces to prevent issues from arising by the Netherlands colony from falling to Muslim troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total among all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations among all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.
 * Vorlayacor: A machi named Lux establishes a nationwide organization called Ngenism to represent the traditional Mapuche beliefs regarding Ngenechen and universal balance; they organize ngillatuns around the nation to reinforce Ngenism. Missionaries from Spain and Portugal officially begin to spread Christianity. Corn and logging continue to fuel the economy, and much of the tax money derived from these industries goes to expanding and equipping the army. We ask Portugal to discuss a treaty regarding borders between Vorlayacor and their colony in Hesperia.
 * Portuguese diplomacy: Portugal is open to negotiations and awaits for a border proposal to begin negotiating properly.
 * Tibet: Zhang Kaw becomes the king of Tibet at the age of 21. The king marries a woman called Sinsu. We build up our military. We ask Bengal for an alliance. More Buddhist temples are being built. Roads are being fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation.  Our own version of the arquebuses are being built in our factories. More books are being printed on the printing press.  Farming is our most important industry. We start to vassalize Nepal by sending monks into their nation. We mine resources, too, in our caves.
 * Apart from the fact that in every nation you choose there is a change of government (or dynasty) and the new ruler is always some random 21-year-old who immediately marries a woman with no last name, you still ignored the fact that you made a government change in Tibet for no obvious reason... -Sky
 * You don't have factories, nobody does yet, and you don't have the printing press right now -Feud
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst and the taxes rising. The focus this year is on the military.
 * Pskov,seeing an opportunity to aid their brothers in Novgorod, begins immediately arming the Novgorodian rebels in their fight against tyranny and the absolutism of the prince of Novgorod. Until the rebels win, Novgorod is officially embargoed by Pskov, and the assets of all merchants working in the territory of Pskov without Pskovian residency are siezed, a nice addition to the treasury and armouries and shipyards of the city, also causing many more to simply abandon their war torn homeland and simply migrate to Pskov and Nizhegorosk-na-Narve, for which they only need to pay a small fee. The newest New World expedition sets out to try and set up many trade posts in he region. The explorers come upon a place on OTL Hispaniola as a good place to manage a spice trade, and come back wih many exemplars. Another potential site is the islands of Jamaica and Puerto Rico
 * LOL -  the war is already over, 34% in one turn.  Flag of Romania.svgToţi în unu; Nihil Sine DeoFlag of Romania.svg
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. We also make several expeditions to the Riau Islands, where we come into contact with the Orang laut people. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1578, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In colonial news, the BBC officially establish the colony of Neu Bayern, where it expands 125 sq km southward along the coast, toward mainland Borealia, 100 sq. km northward up the island, and 25 sq. km southward across the narrow strait onto mainland Borealia. Edmund von Jülich is proclaimed to be the new Viceroy of Neu Bayern. In other news, Bremen is annexed into Bavaria but kept as a separate administrative area than Bremen Port. In dynastic news, Grand Duke Albert and Ingrid have another child, whom they name Ioannes. The spelling of the young boy's name is questioned by much of the royal court, as the Germanic spelling of "Johann" or "Johannes" would be much more common. Grand Duchess Ingrid replies that a Biblical name appealed to her character more so than a Germanic name. Her popularity dips slightly because of this. In other news, Queen Catherine is delighted to hear that the Scandinavian Pointy Tree is making a tour of Bavaria, and hopes that it will dazzle and awe people wherever it goes.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1578, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy may occur.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 368 by the end of the year. Upon foundation, small houses, wells, orchards, and farms are built, set up, or seeded. The first church is built in 1578. In Landshut, after hearing of the colony's initial success and the settlement named after her, Queen Catherine authorizes the voyages of 100 more settlers on three ships. The ships launch from Bremen Port. Also along the voyage is Straubing nobleman and courtier Edmund von Jülich, who has been appointed by Catherine to be the first viceroy of Neu Bayern. Edmund is descended from William of Guelders-Jülich, who himself married Katharina von Wittelsbach, daughter of a Bavarian duke in the 14th century. Neu Bayern expands 125 sq km southward along Wilhelmsbaum, 100 sq km north along the coast, and, in crossing the narrow strait southeast, 25 sq km along the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Just so you know that country is called the "Duchy of Swabia", not the "County of Württemberg".
 * Okay, that settles a lot of confusion i had, thanks. -Cookie
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 49, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns, however the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 14, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well..
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up. The naval academy expands its navigational facilities, and invites Britannic master navigators to teach the young cadets. After much discussion, the Regent and the council agrees to Austria's offer of a defensive alliance, on the condition that it must be a purely defensive agreement (i.e. neither side is obliged to help if the other initiates the conflict. If Austria is invaded, we will help, but if Austria invades a country and is subsequently invaded, we are not obliged to help.) We also hope that we can mutually recognise claims in Borealia. Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The play festival takes place this midsummer, with the prince-Bishop opening the celebrations. The students stage quite a few plays, the best-received amongst them being "Die Feenkoenig" (the fairy king), a light-hearted, almost nonsensical play about fairies and spells and love. The city taverns make a handsome profit, and the play festival turns into a whole festival of everyone. Even the monks get involved!
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Ferdinand I agrees to Oldenburg's revised terms, and is glad Oldenburg and himself could come to an agreement. He hopes this is the beginning of mutual protection and propserity into the future, and thanks Oldenburg for their swift reply.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Having fully mobilized for war, we successfully defeat the nation of Novgorod and occupy the region. Conflict continues against various rebel groups of the Novgorodian Civil War. We sign the Treaty of Novgorod, establishing Novgorod under our control.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Following the war with France, Neu Bruchhausen is established as an independent colony from Westenland and begins expanding.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to INSTALL trusted people to manage key cities (mainly 'Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with Mansurryia, Southern Persia's first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn. (Sorry for the late post, I have had limited access to a PC.)
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca looks to expand trade with other nations through Hispania, mainly Britannia and France. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1579
'''A powerful earthquake ravages the English Channel near Dover. Despite being one of the most powerful England or Flanders has ever experienced, no one is killed.'''

'''The Prussian colony in the New World experiences a small population boom after distinguishing itself as a haven for pirates and pagans. Many criminals fleeing other colonies or the old world flock to the colony, growing the population but earning the disdain of other major nations.'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. We also make several expeditions to the Riau Islands, where we come into contact with the Orang laut people. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen I, dies at the age of 40. He is murdered by a Spanish extremist who believes the Damascan Sultanate is an anti-Christian nation. Sulimen II now at the age of 36 becomes the acting Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 347,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 228,000. Sulimen II requests a bride to unite the Sahtarakka family with the Yemenite royal family. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 17. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be more happy. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.7 million. The two colonies, Dijakkadir and Bubuddahla, show signs of increased prosperity. We take over our land in Yemen mainly being three different city-states. The northern one near the border: Yeminda, the southern city-state Aleppraqht, and the one farthest away, Jivadier. Navy expands. We take over the Roman Empire's old colonies in Somalia and Eritrea. They were abandoned and now occupied by Damascan forces. We purchase the tip of the Yemenite sea colony from Romania for 120,000 Stavron, currency maybe changed in case of inflation. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Turk relations with the Arabs begin to grow iffy in Anatolia. Turks have felt minorized in Anatolia, due to over one million being migrated to the Tartary. Due to this Ankara begins to suffer from riots.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Turks and Arab citizens are requested to show people whom have betrayed the land and are acting as spies. The infrastructure is expanded as reparations are made on devastated neighborhoods and towns. The revolts and rebellions begin to stop. Ankara's population suffers as Greeks and Christians move to Bursa and Azkridesha. No Turks move to the Tartary. Arabs halt on population booming in Ankara. Ankara begins to cripple itself from recent riots, rumor has it Ankara is in course to cede from the Sultanate. In response Sultan Sulimen II has made it clear, rioting will not be tolerated, and declaring independence is declaring war against the mother country.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 231,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Dijakkadir: Glass plate is shipped and moved from the Red Sea to the new established colony. We expand 2 px inland. We begin trading with the Spanish, British and Dutch peoples already present, our language is taught, and Islam is spread throughout the lands around. Military and economy is expanded.
 * Bubuddahla: Glass plate is shipped from Dijakkadir and the Red Sea near Medina. Islam is taught, and trading commences with the Europeans. Military and economy is expanded. We expand 2 px inland.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Damascan Sultanate Dip: We offer trading rights to Egypt, and encourage them to begin adopting to Islam.
 * United Islamic Nations Dip: We extend the privilege of the allowance of the Sultanate of Timor into the UIN, to become and ally and a strong trading partner with the UIN.
 * Yemenite Sultanate: Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhl was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan waa keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in. The import of firearms from the Damascan Sultanate and some territory near the Bab-el-Mandeb was ceded to the Damascan Sultanate in exchange for a no war pact. We had started to develop our navy. We started to vassalize the island of Dahlak (Turn One of Three) and in case it is not populated, we send our troops to occupy it and place the flag if Yemen, meanwhile our economy rose due to our control over the two major islands of Pahrem (Perim) and Sawabi which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb although not as much as the Damascan Sultanate. Infra and Eco Turn
 * Yemenite - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan is thankful to the Damascan Sultan, Sulimen II for his invitation to join the UIN and accepts the invitation. He also sends a basket full of dates to the Sultan as a gift.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is improved as more galleons are constructed, approximately one per fleet. Reconstruction of damaged ships continues as the First Fleet has been fully rejuvenated. In the meantime, the Scandinavian Spice Company continues to get its bearings. Spice and gold flow into Scandinavia. The vassalization of Siak finishes, the nation entering into the Scandinavian sphere of influence.​ Horik Adolphas, a Danish Mathematician, publishes the Geometria rotundi, a journal involving the geometry of a triangle, namely trigonometry. The terms Tangent and Secent are first introduced into the mathematical community.
 * Brandenburg The economy is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Selebar: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid are completed. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities is also completed and sent to Ghana. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. The L'nu's request is accepted but only three ships instead of five are given due to the tensions in Europe. (as a note to the L'nu I am not Albion anymore but Britannia, please use the correct name).Emperor William III declares humanitarian aid to Austria in the form of loans from the Bank of Britannia as well as builders and artisans to help with repair work. Rome is asked if the Bank of Britannia could set up a branch in Constantinople. The recent outbreak of hostilities between Hamburg and Scandinavia push the parliament to pass an act that allows better freedom in military affairs. In the meantime, the British economy begins to experience an unprecedented boom. Emperor William leaves Prime Minster John Reynolds as regent as he leaves on a diplomatic and humantiarian mission through war torn Europe, providing supplies and aid as well as praying for the souls of each region, He travels through France, spends some time in Oldenburg before travelling on to Austria, where he does much of his aid. Many in the Church are impressed by his selfless acts of charity toward those that suffered the "Great Conflict". Patriarch Manuel of Canterbury declares Emperor Williams act as a Holy Pilgrimage and sends letters to the Pope in Rome asking that he be recognised for his efforts. After several years abroad, Emperor William comes home to a large welcome and fanfare,The L'nu are now reorganised into a separate vassal nation.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrive to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispanolia) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Ferdinand I thanks Britannia greatly for their aid extended to Austria. In an effort to further grow ties between his nation and Britannia, he offers a military alliance, hoping to ensure the common and mutual defense of both nations.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 700 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 4000 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The colony in Kenya continues expanding by 300 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 250. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the inplementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King Phillip but he allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. Hispania has now fully recovered her eeconomy and having proven her military reputation once again in the war in Indonesia. Hispania begins to take more interest in her colonies as the walls of San Marcos (walls of Saint Marcus) are nearly half completed and taking shape to isolate Spain from the continent. King Phillip regardless of his alliance with france begins to distance himself from the nation militarily hoping to avoid another war of economic ruin as advised by many of his trade advisors. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire itself also begins its second wave of investment into New Spain, New Granada, and Cape Ferdinand using funds to increase returns on cash crops and other production elements.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troop numbers of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Walls of the Alps are continued under construction to using labor from some of the economically depressed northern states in Italy recently annexed to Hispania in the war.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King Phillip (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is but up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna now known as the Barony of Ravenna is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The country continues the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 1.8 million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in mapuche is purely built out of many mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian leagues mandates.
 * Morelia:   The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. The Captaincy of Morelia is said to have a population of nearly 800,000 with many natives surviving due to mass conversions being taken place done by priests of the Society of Jesus (Jesuits)
 * Aztecs:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the diorganized Colorado territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known colorado territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px) This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishign new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 550,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Airea. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities further north and south develop heavily.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 65,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada:  The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25 px. The colony's population expands to around 15,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines lower their expansion (now 20 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking unless they beat the Spanish by sea. Philippines requests Spain to aid their forces to prevent issues from arising by the Netherlands colony from falling to Muslim troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile:  The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God.. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards who used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates:  The Territories are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total among all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations among all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes.


 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 20 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.3 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment is finsihed, the full defensive army of nearly two million being put into effect, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand another 5000 warships by 1600. Of those projects,3400 ships have been built, while 1.9 million soldiers have been raised and trained. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. Free trade is practiced within China, with the Grand Canal and the Royal Road facilitating easy trade from Harbin to Lanzhou to Beijing to Guangzhou to Nanjing.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: After the decisive victory of the invasion of Novgorod, King Casimir III goes back to Warsaw to celebrate his great triumph. Prince Sigismund becomes three years old. Casimir and Irina continue to jointly rule the lands of Russia. At least two more 64 cannon galleons and three 32 gun frigates are completed. We continue to exert influence on Hungary (Two Turns). Our ships prepare to set sail to the Imperial Sea where they will colonize the Lesser Imperial Isles and expand the Commonwealth’s boundaries. Our army decreases in size to approximately 45,000 active troops for the peace that has ensued following the war with Novgorod. Military development continues with our navy constructing more vessels.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate:  In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Sultan Amir continues the Rebuldment Era under the Mosque Model. Infra Turn. After six years of the 12 year long plan to rebuld and centralize the nation under the Mosque Model, the Mosque Model enters its second phase. The first phase consisted of the establishment of mosques and towns, while the second phase shall consist of the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn
 * Southern Persia: In order to rebuild and centralize the nation, Governor Ghalib continues the  Mosque Model. The decree that states that any Persian/Shi'a survivors of the Great Safavid War shall be proctected so long as they agree to co-operate with the new government is still in place.  The encouragement of ethnic Shi'as and Persians are to immigrate to their holy city of Qom also continues as well as encouragement of ethnic Sunnis and Mansurryians to come to Southern Persia. It is decided to not split Southern Persia into three, but instead to INSTALL trusted people to manage key cities (mainly 'Isfahan, Shiraz and Ahvaz) and to oversee certain territories of Southern Persia. As with Mansurryia, Southern Persia's first phase of the Mosque Model (building mosques and towns) are completed, and enter into the construction of markets and roads. We hope for an economic boom in the future. Infra turn. (Sorry for the late post, I have had liminted acess to a PC.)
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebuse gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We continue to vassalize Nepal by sending monks into their nation. We mine resources, too, in our caves. We are now allies with Bengal. We ask the people of our nation if thay can help increse the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: Due to the reputation proceeding us we receive a large amount of criminals, as well as fleeing pagans from Northern Scandinavia, other Baltic peoples, and Natives who retained their religion in the lands of other colonies. As the year ends about 10 raids have been completed, resulting in 900 captured, 175 of which are kept to and the rest sold or given to privateers. Printing of the Bible in German continues, heathens continue to be recorded, and Injun children learning in church-run schools continue to be taught in plans for an upcoming Christianization campaign that would also teach many of the common folk proper German. It is believed this will help reduce crime, help retain German traits, increase literacy, and migitate New Pomerania's noteriety. We request further funding from our European overlords to build a university in Neu Gdansk. With the help of our population boom we manage to move 20px north along the Cahokian border and 5px north along the Roman-Yamasee border.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. With the war in Novgorod over, we continue fighting against rebel organizations to secure the territory.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future.
 * Zapoteca: The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 50 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Kingdom of Hawaii: The proud people of the Kingdom of Hawaii have been united under the great Hawaiian King for little over a few lifetimes. But in this time, the idea of a united Hawaiian people has flourished as a result. Mixing of populations between all of the Hawaiian islands has taken place since the formation of the Kingdom, and as a result old tribal divisions are being eroded away. Hunting, as one of the great cultural practices of Hawaii, flourishes under the Kingdom with individuals from all the Hawaiian islands taking part in great hunts, The same can be said for fishing. As a result of this the Hawaiian land and surrounding ocean is well utilized by the Kingdom. As all of the traditional Hawaiian islands are under the control of the Kingdom, many have been calling for expansion to other islands, with a focus on reclaiming the lands of their great ancestors, who spread across the waves like gods. As a result of this, Hawaiian watercraft begin to spread out from the Home Islands in search of land to call Hawaiian. They find the lands of OTL Micronesia, and bring it under Hawaiian control. With Hawaiian settlers spreading to these tiny islands, integrating with the local populaces.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Knyazdom of Trst: The economy develops due to the trade power of Trst. The focus this year is on the economy.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1579, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 10% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg. In colonial news, Neu Bayern 150 sq km up the coast of Wilhelmsbaum, 50 sq km around the southern tip, and a final 50 sq km around the previously settled bay area of mainland Borealia. A settlement is founded there (basically OTL Seattle). However, the settlement is not likely to expand east or westward, with the BBC knowing that the Hispanian monarchy has claimed much of the area.   Edmund von Jülich is proclaimed to be the new Viceroy of Neu Bayern. In other news, Bremen is annexed into Bavaria but kept as a separate administrative area than Bremen Port. In dynastic news, Grand Duke Albert and Ingrid have another child, whom they name Maria.


 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1579, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 478 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. Neu Bayern expands 150 sq km northward up the island, 50 sq km around the southern tip, and a final 50 sq km south of the previous territory there.  Knowing that the Hispanic government has claimed most Borealian land south of Wilhelmsbaum Island, the BBC order that the claim Borealian territory expand no farther south. A settlement is founded there, which the colonists name Franznacken, after the eldest son of Prince Albert.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 50, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy suddenly rebounds this year as profits from the colony stimulate unheard of growth. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons, a new design is tested, where a Culverini is mounted on significantly larger wheels. this allows for better mobility, but makes it more dangerous to fire the cannon. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The new guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns, however the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Mic-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The army begins to begin drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province.Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 15, begins learning of courts, he begins to shadow his father as he manages the nation's resources.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well..
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow and it expands northward by 100 sq km (2 pixels)
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy improves, helped along by the fur trade and the festivals in Osnabruck. People begin logging on a larger scale in Neu Norderney, with the high-quality timber being shipped to Oldenburg's holdings in Greenland as well as all the way back to Europe. Neu Norderney exands 100 px South along the coast. The idea of establishing a colony in Neu Juist is brought up again, and some believe we will be capable of setting it up within a decade.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The festival occurs again this year, and many many people come from all around to take part in festivities. The Fairy King is played again, becoing a cult classic.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 354,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity.
 * In the Mississippian Confederation, much progress toward westernizations is made. Great Chief Zacharie's set of advisers encourage him to split up a few massive states of the Confederation; therefore Natchez is formed out of Moundville and Erie out of Cahokia. His team works to bridge the gap between Algonquin and Sioux and Mississippian, converting the two non-Mississippian cultures into a culture that is fully Mississippian. The spread of French Catholicism, as a result of the missionaries and medicine men, help to create this common bond. The mixing of French and Mississippian blood produces more and more children who are resilient against deadly European diseases. The practice of giving Christian names is rising significantly. Émeric Desjardin, with his father's approval, begins to transform the medicine man school into the University of Cahokia. The process is a slow one, but he is sure that it will improve the quality of life of all Mississippians. So far, there are to be three schools - Natural Science, Theology and Medicine. Missionary activity in Aksimiki is extremely high, and it is active in the region between Aksimiki and Odawa. The reproduction of horses and the storage of food is overseen by Jean-Frances Desjardin, and the breeding program is quite successful always making faster horses. The work on a navy continues, with canoes being built throughout the Gichigami and along the Mississippia, as well as on the off-shoot rivers. The Kankakee-Gichigami Canal (1589) and Allegheny-Genesee Canal (1586) are both still under construction and completion is going along as is expected. The Confederate States all expand their economies, while the states also undergo some expansion.
 * Roman Empire: The various loans and increased trade does much to help out the Empire's economy, and slowly the Empire recovers, although the process is not yet complete. Trade in new areas in India and Africa increase the revenue of the Empire, while the colonies continue to generate a healthy profit from sales of cash crops. The region of Malabar is also particularly wealthy, for while it is only an enclave, it is a regional trade center as well as an exporter of rubber and black pepper. In the same area, Roman troops and supplies take part in the war in India, although the Empire does not commit to a full declaration of war. A fleet of ships also takes part, attacking Indian vessels. Local militias and mercs also take part supporting the Urdus. In Cyrencaica, more and more Berbers convert to Christianity, although the process remains a slow one. Those that do are rewarded with slightly lower taxes as well as better chances for government favors. In Phoenicia, the region has become stable enough for it to be elevated to that of an Archonate, and a Grance Prince of Phoenicia is crowned.
 * Ragusa: Ships continue to trade far and wide and bring much wealth to the republic.
 * Serbia: More and more nobles become Roman citizens, and some even begin suggesting that the region join the Empire as Montenegro and Albania have in years past.
 * Yamasee: The colony continues to expand north and inland by 20 pixels each as the war with Hamburg ends and the colony of New Hamburg is dissolved. Most of the Germans there are steadily deported, although those that remain are mainly those that were not from Hamburg. The Roman military garrison there is deployed to maintain order while others immigrate in. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely cotton.
 * Roanoke: The colony expands inland by 10 pixels and south by 10 pixels. Cash crops continue to be grown, namely rice, tobacco, cotton, hemp, and indigo.
 * Powhatan: The colony continues to expand east by 20 pixels to help secure the region. More colonists travel there as the cash crop boom continues, namely tobacco in this region.
 * ​Tawatinsuyu: Economy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,211,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (120,000) with Qusqo coming in second (95,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (13,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his second child, a son, who takes the name of his father. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (287,000), Hurin Nazca (202,000), Hurin Qosquo (110,000), Wanka (92,000), Hanan Nazca (80,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor (60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (12,000), and La Paz (7000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Germans, who have been an ignored minority for years, are to be rounded up and forceably moved to a new city. The process will take roughly three years to complete. With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. The population of Chimu, being both self sufficant and cultualy isolated from the rest of the empire, attempts to break away from the rest of the empire, delcaring the Domain of Chimor. The rebels are put down by the end of the year, but the city's infrastucture and population is decimated.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 105,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military improves. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Pskov sends more guns to republican rebels in Novgorod, and gains more money in its ventures in Europe. A new expedition is sent to the New World, and a small trade outpost founded in what will become OTL Santo Domingo. Another small outpost is also founded in OTL Trinidad and Tobago. Meanwhile, the census results are released to the public. The total official population of the Pskov Republic in the year 1570 is as follows: 566,789 people, with 256,213 people living in the capital, 155,987 people living in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve, 79,857 people living in Ostrov (although it is a more rural locality) and the areas surrounding it, and the remaining 74,732 people living in the various villages of the nation. 154,589 people live in "Rural" places, and 412,200 people living in "urban" environments, giving Pskov a 72.7% urban population. Also, lots of monies. This is an economy turn. Pskov decides it should have somebody circumnavigage and map the world.